Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
DRB18-0036_Arnold Windows (Color)_1518721529.pdf
2017-18 PRODUCT GUIDE For Professionals DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM CONTENTS E-SERIES FEATURES Made Strong .................................................. 2 Environmental Responsibility .......................... 4 VeriLock® Sensors................................... 6 Unlimited Exteriors ................................ 10 Unlimited Interiors ................................ 14 Unlimited Combinations ......................... 18 Unlimited Views ................................... 22 Insect Screens ..................................... 26 Blinds & Shades .................................. 27 Exterior & Interior Trim Options ................. 28 PRODUCT OVERVIEW Casement Windows............................... 30 Casement Windows ........................... 32 French Casement Windows .................. 34 Push Out Casement Windows ............... 36 Awning Windows ................................... 46 Awning Windows ............................... 48 Push Out Awning Windows ................... 50 Double-Hung Windows ........................... 54 Double-Hung Windows ........................ 56 Double-Hung Insert (RetroFit) Windows ... 58 Double-Hung Sash Replacement Kits ...... 60 Bay & Bow Windows .............................. 78 Gliding (Slide-By) Windows ...................... 90 Specialty (Auxiliary) Windows ................... 96 Hinged Patio Doors ............................. 104 Gliding Patio Doors ............................. 140 Installation Materials ........................... 152 Warranty ........................................... 156 Product Performance ........................... 159 DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM For unmatched flexibility and design freedom, E-Series windows and doors are made to your exact specifications. They allow you to create custom shapes, dramatic sizes and striking combinations to set your work apart. You can choose from 50 standard exterior colors, custom colors and anodized finishes, plus a range of interior wood species and beautiful interior stains. Or, if your customers want something even more distinctive, we can source virtually any wood species they desire. If it’s possible, it’s possible with E-Series windows and doors. Unlimited Possibilities to Create an Original. Whether you’re looking for style, performance or innovation, you’ll find it in the windows and doors of the Architectural Collection, the culmination of more than a century-long commitment to quality and engineering excellence. These premiere products deliver ultimate design freedom by combining elegant craftsmanship with unlimited selection, architectural authenticity with unmatched performance, and monumental sizes with unexpected precision. The Andersen® Architectural Collection. Windows and doors for luxury homes. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM E-Series Windows & DoorsMade Strong Aluminum is a distinguishing element that enables us to offer the strength, beauty, and design freedom for which E-Series products are known. Through decades of innovation, we have elevated the extruded aluminum-clad window and door category and perfected a made-to-order process that is unsurpassed. Along with our network of dedicated dealers, we fulfill the dreams and vision of builders, architects and homeowners alike. Strength We harness the full strength of aluminum with heavy gauge, extruded aluminum-clad wood sash and frames. Our thick cladding offers greater structural capabilities than thinner, roll-form aluminum, while providing a superior exterior finish that resists the elements of inclement weather, abrasion and impact.* Beauty Aluminum offers a smooth finish and versatility in design that enables us to create windows and doors with distinctive character and unparalleled beauty. It provides an essential foundation for our quality, baked-on silicone polyester finish, and it enables us to offer a broad array of unique accessory metals to create or recreate the architectural style you need. And beauty doesn’t stop on the outside — we give you the design freedom you need to create a look of distinction both inside and out. Warranty We offer a 20/10 Transferable Limited Warranty* that provides peace of mind and confidence in the beauty and performance of our products. Versatility Aluminum’s strength and versatility allow us to offer beautiful made-to-order design solutions for practically any combination of shapes and styles you can imagine. We offer dozens of exterior accessory metals to match any architectural style, and our colorful 2-, 3- and 4-tone exteriors truly broaden your creative palette. Durability Our aluminum cladding withstands nature’s toughest elements — the extrusions slide onto the wood and are secured independently, allowing both wood and aluminum to expand and contract naturally. Our products are engineered to open, close, support, swing or slide reliably day after day.* 2E-Series Windows & DoorsA solid wood core and extruded aluminum cladding give E-Series windows both strength and flexibility in many design applications. E-Series extruded aluminum cladding Solid wood interiors *See the limited warranty for details. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM E-SERIES FEATURESAlAluminum 13 26.982 E-SERIES FEATURES 3 Made Strong DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM E-Series Windows & Doors4 Environmental Responsibility It is more essential than ever that we all do our part to help protect the environment. While environmental responsibility may be new to some, to us, making environmentally responsible manufacturing decisions is nothing new. We’ve made responsible choices in the past and will continue to strive to be responsible in the future. Preserving Nature To protect our natural resources, we use wood harvested from managed forests and leverage engineered wood technology whenever possible — we use finger-jointed wood and laminated veneer lumber, both of which use wood efficiently and result in superior performance. In addition, we use water-based finishes, which have less of an impact on the environment than oil-based products. Conserving Energy Our technology and design innovation creates greater energy efficiency in all our products. Our High-Performance Low-E4® glass provides superior thermal protection, helping significantly reduce heating and cooling requirements. Additional energy- efficient glass options include triple insulated glass and SmartSun™ glass. Combined with weathertight frames, sash and weatherstripping, E-Series windows and doors play an important role in energy conservation. Using Reclaimed Materials Our cladding contains reclaimed aluminum, which requires much less energy to process than virgin aluminum. In addition, our glass utilizes reclaimed glass, which reduces landfill waste. Reducing Waste We recycle whenever possible — office paper, corrugated cardboard, sawdust, scrap aluminum, paints and solvents. Our electrostatic paint system attracts the paint to the aluminum, creating an efficient use of materials. And we keep packaging to a minimum to reduce jobsite waste. Packaging enhancements include frame protectors made of HDPE, a recyclable plastic. Taking an Active Role We work closely with the industry organizations shown to manufacture energy efficient and environmentally responsible products. Environmental Certifications E-Series windows and doors have received SCS Global Services (SCS) Indoor Advantage™ Gold certification for indoor air quality. Indoor air quality is an important issue because many people spend as much as 90% of their time indoors, either at home, work or school. Eagle Window & Door Manufacturing, Inc., a subsidiary of Andersen Corporation, has received Forest Stewardship Council® (FSC® ) Chain-of-Custody certification on our clad pine products. FSC Chain-of-Custody certification is awarded to companies that meet FSC standards for traceability in their wood supply chain. High-Performance Low-E4 glass is up to 44% more energy efficient in winter and up to 57% more energy efficient in summer compared to ordinary dual-pane glass.* *Winter and summer values are based on comparison of E-Series 3866 double-hung window U-Factor to the U-Factor for clear dual-pane glass non-metal frame default values from the 2006, 2009, 2012, 2015 and 2018 International Energy Conservation Code "Glazed Fenestration" Default Tables. All marks where denoted are trademarks of their respective owners. E-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 5E-SERIES FEATURES Environmental Responsibility DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM E-Series Windows & Doors6 The Smartest Technology For The Smartest Homes *When properly configured and maintained with a professionally installed security system and/or self-monitoring system compatible with Honeywell® 5800 controls. See your dealer for more information. **Based on testing of 32 A-Series double-hung windows. Air loss through unlocked windows will vary based on window type and age, pressure differential, temperatures inside and outside the home, altitude and application. †Visit andersenwindows.com/warranty for details.E-Series Windows & DoorsVeriLock Sensor Hardware No one is doing more to make windows and patio doors part of today's smart home than Andersen. Andersen Connect products include patented VeriLock® wireless security sensors, which can be integrated with our hardware. These sensors not only tell you if a window or patio door is open, but also if it's locked or unlocked.* No other sensors can do that. Connected Home Now you can monitor your windows and doors when you’re away from home like you can monitor your thermostat or lighting.* Preserves Beauty VeriLock sensors come in a variety of colors to complement many E-Series hardware and interior finishes. Helps Maximize Energy Efficiency Windows that are closed, but unlocked lose air at a rate up to 3X that of a closed and locked window.** VeriLock sensors tell you which windows and doors are open or unlocked* so you can manage your units for maximum energy efficiency. Maintains Warranty Other sensors require drilling which can void warranties. Our sensors require no drilling and come with their own limited warranty.† Quick, Easy Installation If you already have E-Series products, VeriLock wireless security sensors can be easily integrated with the hardware. STONE TAUPE GRAY BLACK WHITE For more information, visit andersenwindows.com/connect E-SERIES GLIDING PATIO DOORE-SERIES DOUBLE-HUNG WINDOW E-SERIES CASEMENT/AWNING WINDOW E-SERIES HINGED PATIO DOOR BLACK | STONE | TAUPE GRAY | WHITEAVAILABLE IN ALL DOUBLE-HUNG WINDOW HARDWARE FINISHES AVAILABLE IN ALL CASEMENT & AWNING WINDOW HARDWARE FINISHES AVAILABLE IN ALL HINGED PATIO DOORHARDWARE FINISHES Some products feature finishes to match all hardware options. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM E-SERIES FEATURES7E-SERIES FEATURES VeriLock® Sensors Every E-Series window or door with VeriLock® sensor technology includes a wireless sensor with dual position detectors. The first position detector signals to the sensor* when the product is opened or closed, while a second position detector signals when a closed product is locked or unlocked. The VeriLock sensor then communicates the product’s status, in real time, to the home’s monitoring system.* Homeowners can monitor their windows and doors from inside their home or remotely through a smartphone or tablet using services offered in collaboration with leading security and self-monitoring system providers. For a list of supported system providers, visit andersenwindows.com/connect. VeriLock sensors are battery powered by commonly available lithium coin cell batteries. Each sensor is efficiently designed to provide years of battery life,** and battery replacement is simple. With VeriLock sensors, all it takes is a quick glance at a home's monitoring system* to know if the home is secured, day or night. How it Works *When properly configured and maintained with a professionally installed security system compatible with Honeywell® transmitters and/or self-monitoring system. See your dealer for more information. **Battery life refers to new, brand-name batteries and is dependent on frequency of use. The limited warranty for VeriLock® integrated security sensors does not include batteries. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 8E-Series Windows & DoorsUnlimited Exteriors Color enhances your design, and we believe it shouldn’t have to cost more. Start with one of our 50 exterior colors, an industry- leading modern palette available at no additional cost. Add to that our 2-, 3- and 4-tone exteriors, and set your E-Series windows and doors apart from the rest. If your inspiration comes from an autumn leaf, a river-washed stone, a glass of fine wine, or even a classic car, we will bring it to life with our custom color capabilities. And for a look of distinction, we offer seven spectacular anodized finishes that truly shine. Color is a vital element of every architectural style. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM E-SERIES FEATURES9 Unlimited Exteriors CINNAMON TOAST EXTERIOR50 EXTERIOR COLORS 2-, 3- & 4-TONE EXTERIORS 7 ANODIZED FINISHES CUSTOM COLORS E-SERIES FEATURES DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM E-Series Windows & Doors10 HARBOR MIST COLONY WHITE WHITE ABALONE BALSA WHITE CANVAS MAPLE SYRUP HARVEST GOLD PRAIRIE GRASS SANDTONE PEBBLE TAN CARMEL TERRATONE HOT CHOCOLATE BOURBONFLAGSTONE ACORN COFFEE BEAN COCOA BEAN SIERRA BRONZE DARK BRONZE CLAY CANYON RED ROCK SAGE OLIVE CINNAMON TOAST FIRE ENGINE RED BING CHERRY CARDINAL BILLIARD GREEN MOSS FOREST GREEN MALLARD GREEN SPEARMINT AQUAMARINE PATINA SKY BLUE MOODY BLUE SLATE CARIBBEAN BLUE WATERCOLOR BLUE BLUE DENIM COUNTRY BLUE STORMY BLUE DOVE GRAY YORKTOWN PEWTER SMOKEY GRAY MYSTIC GRAY DARK ASH BLACK 50 Exterior Colors Our exclusive line of exterior colors offers a broad spectrum of quality, baked-on, silicone polyester enamel exteriors that meet the AAMA 2604 specification. AAMA 2605 color compliance is also available.* Our limited warranty covers exteriors for 10 years against chalking and color change and 20 years against cracking, checking, peeling, flaking, blistering and loss of adhesion.** *AAMA 2605 finishes are available in any of our 50 colors, or select a custom color of your choice. **See the limited warranty for details. Printing limitations prevent exact color duplication. Please see your local dealer for actual samples.E-SeriesWindows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM E-SERIES FEATURES11 Unlimited Exteriors COLORS SHOWN: SAGE, MOSS AND CANVAS 2-, 3- & 4-tone Exteriors With our 2-, 3- and 4-tone color combinations, the sky’s the limit. Mix and match up to four of our 50 exterior colors for a combination look that’s all your own. 7 Anodized Finishes Choose from a spectacular selection of anodized finishes. Anodizing is a process that penetrates the aluminum like a stain penetrates wood. The result is a rich, lustrous metallic appearance that cannot peel or flake and is not affected by sunlight.* This process produces a harder, more durable finish that makes this a perfect choice for high-traffic areas in commercial or residential buildings. Custom Colors While our large selection of exterior colors covers a lot of ground, inspiration comes in infinite hues. Let us match a paint chip, a photograph, a favorite work of art to bring your dream color into the light of day. MEDIUM BRONZE LIGHT BRONZE DARK BRONZE CLEAR ANODIZED BLACK CHAMPAGNE COPPER COLORS SHOWN: COUNTRY BLUE AND STORMY BLUE E-SERIES FEATURES *Visit andersenwindows.com/warranty for details. Printing limitations prevent exact finish replication. Please see your local dealer for samples. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM E-Series Windows & Doors12 Unlimited Interiors Natural wood adds character to your design. For infinite possibilities, we offer distinctive wood varieties and will source virtually any other wood species your design demands. All of our wood selections can be finished in one of our interior stains or painted options. And with our stain-matching capabilities, you can trust us to customize a finish to meet your design needs. Real wood defines a room’s character and creates a warm, comfortable space that leaves a lasting impression. E-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM E-SERIES FEATURES13 Unlimited Interiors DISTINCTIVE WOOD SELECTIONS CUSTOM WOOD INTERIORS 22 INTERIOR FINISHES CUSTOM STAINS & MATCHING PINE WOODE-SERIES FEATURES DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM E-Series Windows & Doors14 Distinctive Wood Selections Our distinctive woods add uncommon flair to any room. Each option has its own character, grain and staining capabilities, so you can select one that makes your windows stand out or one that blends seamlessly with your interior décor. Custom Wood Interiors If a unique wood species is required to complete your project, we will try to source any variety that meets our production standards and your needs. PINE MIXED GRAIN DOUGLAS FIR WALNUT ALDER HICKORY MAHOGANY* OAK MAPLE CHERRY*The mahogany name is representative of non-endangered African mahoganies. Wood species shown are unfinished. Part of the beauty and character of real wood are the variations each piece has in color, density, grain structure and width. We cannot guarantee consistency in wood grain and/or color within a particular species, product or project. See your local dealer for actual wood samples. VERTICAL GRAIN DOUGLAS FIR All wood components, including interior grilles, can be factory-finished to your specifications. E-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM E-SERIES FEATURES15 Unlimited Interiors Variety of Interior Finishes Our high-quality, factory-applied stains offer you convenience along with beauty. Before staining, each wood component is treated with a preservative and insect repellent and dried thoroughly. We apply two coats of polyurethane for a long-lasting,* durable finish and, because every exposed edge is stained before the window is assembled, you get a complete, consistent finish. Choose from nine stain colors. If you prefer a painted interior, choose one of our painted or primed options. Custom Stains & Matching When only a specific tint will do, we will create one for you, matching existing woodwork, interior furnishings or other items for just the right finish to your design. CLEAR COAT WHEAT AUTUMN OAK GOLDEN HICKORY HONEY CINNAMON RUSSET MOCHA ESPRESSO BIRCH BARK DARK BRONZESANDTONE RED ROCK WHITE FOREST GREEN BLACK CANVAS PRAIRIE GRASS PRIMED DOVE GRAYTERRATONE COCOA BEAN All interior finish options are shown on pine. *See the limited warranty for details. Please note that custom finishes and primed option require additional finishing. Some nail and staple holes may need to be filled prior to applying the final finish. Due to printing limitations, the wood and finishes shown may differ from actual wood grain and stain colors. See your local dealer for actual samples. E-SERIES FEATURES Stained Interior Options Painted Interior Options DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM E-Series Windows & Doors16 Unlimited Combinations E-Series windows and doors are made to your exact design specifications. Because we make your window or door especially for you, and since our options are virtually limitless, you have the advantage of combining shapes, sizes and styles for new construction or remodeling applications. Unique shapes in varying combinations create focal points that become defining architectural elements. E-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM E-SERIES FEATURES17 Unlimited Combinations SHAPE PARTIAL EYEBROW BUILDING BLOCKS SIZING OPTIONS REMODELING SOLUTIONS E-SERIES FEATURES DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 18E-Series Windows & DoorsBuilding Blocks Our complete window and door styles are your building blocks for making any architectural statement. We give you the products and the design freedom you need to create the perfect solution for your project whether residential or commercial, new construction or remodeling. Remodeling Solutions Because we offer the building blocks you need with the flexibility of made-to-order sizing, we provide the perfect solution for many remodeling projects. Use our custom sizing to fit products into existing openings. Or use our double-hung insert window giving you the ability to install our unit into an existing frame. With unlimited design possibilities like exterior color options, interior factory-applied finishes and other custom capabilities, you may have just found the answer to your remodeling questions. Sizing Options We believe you shouldn’t have to settle for “close enough.” Our made-to-order process enables us to make your windows and doors to the specific size you need. So when you go from inspirational sketch to architectural drawing, know that we will fulfill your design needs. We provide a thorough range of sizes for most applications, and offer custom sizing anytime you need it. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM E-SERIES FEATURES19 Unlimited Combinations Idea Library Let these real-world applications inspire you to start creating your design today. E-SERIES FEATURES DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 20 E-Series Windows & DoorsE-Series grille options can recreate a classic architectural style, or be customized into your own unique design. Unlimited Views Whether your design demands performance, clarity or architectural detail, we have the glass and divided light solutions to make your views spectacular. For performance needs in a variety of environments, we offer a multitude of glass options, including our High-Performance Low-E4® glass and our exclusive Stormwatch® impact-resistant product systems for severe weather conditions.* And for visual impact, made-to-order decorative glass and grilles give you infinite possibilities, so your design will be as original as your inspiration. *See your local code official for building code requirements in your area. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM E-SERIES FEATURES21 Unlimited Views 7/8" FDL GRILLE GLASS OPTIONS GRILLE STYLES & SIZES E-SERIES FEATURES DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM E-Series Windows & Doors22 Low-E4® Glass Our standard glass option provides excellent insulation from heat and cold. Compared to ordinary dual-pane glass, High-Performance Low-E4® glass is up to 44% more energy- efficient in winter and up to 57% more efficient in summer.* Or consider Sun glass with its soft, glare-controlling tint. A removable translucent film shields glass from damage and simplifies finishing and cleaning on the jobsite. Low-E4 SmartSun™ Glass SmartSun™ glass combines performance with clarity — letting more light in and keeping more heat out. It blocks 95% of the sun’s damaging ultraviolet rays. Enjoy the performance benefits of tinted glass without the loss of visibility. Low-E4 PassiveSun® Glass Great solution for colder climate zones where higher heat gain is desired. It allows a higher amount of the sun’s heat to pass into the home, making it an ideal solution for passive solar applications. Glass Options We offer a multitude of glass options to meet all of your design needs. Whether you’re in need of energy efficiency or resistance to harsh weather conditions, we provide the solutions for you. HeatLock® Technology Our HeatLock® coating can increase the energy efficiency of any E-Series window or door with Low-E4 or SmartSun glass. Applied to the room-side glass surface, it reflects heat back into the home and improves U-Factors, which can help the window or door meet ENERGY STAR® requirements. Triple-Pane Glass Three panes of glass combined with Low-E coatings can provide enhanced energy performance. Adding triple-pane glass to one of our products can produce a lower U-Factor than using regular dual-pane glass. Laminated Glass Laminated glass offers sound protection and impact resistance. It reduces unwanted outside noise, making it ideal for locations like airports and high-volume traffic areas. Decorative & Specialty Glass Select from our decorative glass collections found online at andersenwindows.com or combine beveled, frosted, grooved, colored or textured glass with three caming options to create your own design. Specialty glass includes tinted glass, spandrel glass and Mapes panels as well as rain, reeded and obscure glass options. Triple-Pane with Low-E coatings on two surfaces performance comparison of e-series glass options GLASS ENERGY LIGHT How well a product blocks heat caused by sunlight. visible light transmittance How much visible lightcomes through a product. uv protection How well a productblocks ultraviolet rays.How well a product preventsheat from escaping. solar heat gain coefficient u -factor SmartSun™ lllm llll llll llll llllSmartSun™ with HeatLock ® Low-E4 ®lllm lllm lllm lllm lllm lllm Low-E4 ® with HeatLock ® Sun lllm llll lmmm lllm lmmm Clear Dual-Pane mmmm llll mmmm PassiveSun®lmmm lllm lllm lllm llll llll llmm llmm llmm llmm lllm lllm llmm Center of glass performance only. Ratings based on glass options available as of March 2017. Visit www.andersenwindows.com for ENERGY STAR® map and NFRC total unit performance data.E-Series Windows & Doors*Winter and summer values are based on comparison of E-Series 3866 double-hung window U-Factor to the U-Factor for clear dual-pane glass non-metal frame default values from the 2006, 2009, 2012, 2015 and 2018 International Energy Conservation Code "Glazed Fenestration" Default Tables. See your local dealer for actual glass samples. “ENERGY STAR” is a registered trademark of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM E-SERIES FEATURES23 Unlimited Views Stormwatch® Protection (HarborMaster® Systems) Designed for use in coastal areas, these systems combine monolithic or insulated laminated glass with structural enhancements to meet or exceed the stringent code requirements of ASTM and TAS testing protocols.* You get the performance you need with the design options you want. Product Availability Choose from a variety of coastal windows including casement, awning, double-hung† and fixed windows. Impact-resistant double- hung windows utilize two or more snuggers applied to the sill, creating a structural connection between the lower sash and frame. Simply close and lock the window and it’s ready to withstand even the toughest weather conditions*. We also offer a variety of coastal patio doors including inswing patio doors (impact-resistant insulated glass options only), outswing patio doors and French gliding patio doors. Surface bolts are required for impact certification of double doors. Plus, you can select any of our 50 exterior colors, anodized finishes or custom colors. Choose from a variety of wood species, interior finishes, hardware, grille options, VeriLock® sensors and more. The only options not available on coastal products are decorative glass, blinds and shades. Impact-Resistant Insulated Glass Options*: • Low-E • SmartSun™ • Bronze or Gray • Bronze/Bronze or Gray/Gray (meets Florida Turtle Code) Impact-Resistant Monolithic Glass Options*: • Low-E • SmartSun™ • Bronze, Gray or Green • Clear Performance & Durability • Impact-resistant glass provides windborne debris protection,* reduced sound transmission and burglar resistance • Designed to satisfy: - AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-08 - Large missile impact test ASTM/E1886/E1996 - Miami-Dade TAS 201, 202, 203 (excluding inswing patio doors) • Ratings up to PG 70** • Peace of mind with 24/7 protection *See your local code official for building code requirements in your area. ** Tested to AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-08. Ratings vary based on unit type and size. See your local dealer for specific performance data. †Double-hung windows are only available with impact-resistant monolithic bronze, gray, green and clear glass options.E-SERIES FEATURES DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 24E-Series Windows & DoorsFull Divided Light (Modern Divided Light) Give any window an authentic look with full divided light grilles that are permanently applied to the interior and exterior of your window with a spacer between the glass. Available in ovolo (colonial) and contemporary profiles. Grille Options SHOWN WITH CHAMFER EXTERIOR GRILLE AND OVOLO INTERIOR GRILLE PROFILES Removable Interior Wood Grilles Our removable wood grilles are installed on the interior surface. They are available with an optional surround and an optional permanently applied exterior grille. Available in ovolo and contemporary profiles. SHOWN WITH OVOLO PROFILE AND OPTIONAL PERMANENTLY APPLIED EXTERIOR GRILLE WITH CHAMFER PROFILE Removable Interior Wood Grille Profiles and Widths 7⁄8" 7⁄8" Ovolo Contemporary Full & Simulated Divided Light Grille Profiles and Widths - Wood & Aluminum Wood (interior) - Ovolo (Colonial) Profile 7⁄8"5⁄8" 11⁄8" 11⁄2" 21⁄4" Finelight™ Grilles- Between-the-Glass Aluminum grilles conveniently placed between two panes of glass make the glass easy to clean inside and out. Choose from our broad palette of 50 colors or select from the following 2-tone paint combinations COLONY WHITE SIERRA BRONZE COLONY WHITE/SIERRA BRONZE PEBBLE TAN COLONY WHITE/PEBBLE TAN FOREST GREEN COLONY WHITE/FOREST GREEN 5⁄8" Color Options 1" Color Options SHOWN WITH 1" CONTOURED PROFILE 5⁄8" 1" Finelight Grille Profiles and Widths Flat Contoured Simulated Divided Light (Classic Divided Light) An economical solution with traditional beauty, our Simulated Divided Light features fixed exterior and interior grilles without an internal spacer. Available in ovolo and contemporary profiles.SHOWN WITH CONTEMPORARY EXTERIORAND INTERIOR GRILLE PROFILES Aluminum (exterior) - Chamfer Profile 7⁄8" 7⁄8" 5⁄8" 5 ⁄8" 1 1⁄2" 11⁄2" 1 1⁄8" 11⁄8" 21⁄4" 21⁄4" 7⁄8"5⁄8"11⁄2" 11⁄8" 21⁄4" Wood (interior) - Contemporary Profile Aluminum (exterior) - Contemporary Profile DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM E-SERIES FEATURES25 Unlimited Views Design Your Own Grilles We offer a variety of grille patterns to choose from, or design your own with varying lines, curves and shapes to create a truly unique pattern. E-SERIES FEATURES DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 26E-Series Windows & DoorsInnovative Insect Screens E-Series insect screens let the outside come in. We offer 50 exterior colors or optional anodized finishes for exterior insect screens. Or for beauty on the inside, add our wood- veneered options to blend seamlessly with your window. TruScene® Insect Screen* TruScene® window insect screens are made with a micro-fine stainless steel mesh that offers 50% more clarity than our conventional aluminum insect screens. TruScene insect screens let in more fresh air and sunlight and keep small insects out. Retractable Insect Screen For Windows Made specifically for casement and awning windows, this wood-veneered insect screen is a sleek addition to any home. In place, the insect screen helps keep insects out. When retracted, it provides a beautiful clear view. Wood-veneered Insect Screen E-Series interior window insect screens can be veneered in one of our beautiful wood selections, allowing the frame to blend seamlessly into your window. Retractable Insect Screen for Patio Doors** This insect screen is built with an innovative color- matched aluminum housing that hides the insect screen when not in use. It’s there when you need it and gone when you don’t. Hinged Insect Screen Available for hinged inswing patio doors, this solid insect screen offers a full-door view and features a lockable latch and automatic closer. CONVENTIONAL INSECT SCREEN TRUSCENE INSECT SCREEN RETRACTABLE INSECT SCREEN All comparisons are made to a conventional E-Series aluminum insect screen. *TruScene® wood-veneered insect screens utilize a different frame profile than other E-Series wood-veneered insect screens. **Retractable insect screens are available on inswing, outswing and gliding patio doors. See your local dealer for details. †See the limited warranty for details. Top-Hung Gliding Insect Screen for Patio Doors Open your room to the outdoors with the touch of a finger. Our top-hung gliding insect screen provides smooth and reliable operation, season after season.† DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM E-SERIES FEATURESSystem 3 Blinds & Shades Add privacy and even greater energy efficiency with this low- maintenance blind or shade solution. Applied to the interior of the sash, the System 3 design creates a triple-glazed window for incredible energy efficiency. Our 5⁄8" blinds and pleated shades are available for casement, awning and specialty (auxiliary) windows, plus hinged patio doors, and are mounted to an extruded aluminum storm panel and applied to the interior of the sash. The removable storm panel is available in tan, gold, white or optional wood-veneer. Blinds-Between-the-Glass for Patio Doors & Rectangular Specialty Windows E-Series blinds-between-the-glass can be installed in many of our patio doors and rectangular specialty windows. Placed between the two panes of glass away from dust, dirt and damage, you get the benefit of energy efficiency and the privacy, control and convenience of blinds. PEARL WINTER WHITEVANILLA ALMOND TAN ALMOND WHITE GOLD Blinds & Shades What could be more convenient than blinds or shades between the panes of glass? Minimal cleaning and no worry about damage. It’s simply a fitting way to put privacy at your fingertips. E-Series blinds and shades offer the ultimate in practicality for both residential and commercial applications. 27 Insect Screens | Blinds & ShadesBlind Colors WHITE BRONZE GOLDBLACK Control Knobs Shade Colors TILT, RAISE AND LOWER WITH ONE CONTROL CORD* *Not all sizes of blinds-between-the-glass are retractable. Printing limitations prevent exact color duplication. Please see your local dealer for actual samples.E-SERIES FEATURES DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 28E-Series Windows & DoorsExterior & Interior Trim Options Details take your project from ordinary to extraordinary. The perfect finishing touches make every window and door an irreplaceable part of any home or commercial building. We offer the trim and accessory metals that make the final details of your project easier to complete and more beautiful to look at. Exterior Trim Designed to add depth and traditional appeal, our exterior trim options extend outward from the window or door frame, casting a shadow line consistent with true historical applications. Choose from our extended selection of flat and profiled casings, brick mould casings and sill nosings. Match or contrast the trim with your windows and doors in any of our 50 exterior colors, custom colors and anodized finishes. Interior Trim Components Extension Jambs Pre-installed, dimensional extension jambs save time on jobsites and help enable a perfect installation. Available in all wood species, extension jambs can accommodate a wide variety of wall conditions. 1 1⁄2" x 31⁄4" Fluted Casing 2 11⁄16" x 21⁄4" Colonial Casing (WM366) 3 11⁄16" x 21⁄4" Colonial Casing (WM356) 4 11⁄16" x 21⁄4" Ranch Casing (WM324) 5 21⁄2" Plinth Block 6 31⁄2" Plinth Block 1 2 3 4 5 6 A subtle touch around the perfect window or door makes your view even more special. Choose from four different casings, and add plinth blocks at the corners for just the right touch of detail. Wood Casings Drywall Returns We offer drywall returns in three depths: 11⁄16", 9⁄16" and 7⁄16". 3 ½" BACKBAND & BEAD CASING AND 1 ½" SILL NOSE SHOWN ON CASEMENT 3 ½" FLAT CASING SHOWN ON HINGED INSWING PATIO DOOR 2" BRICK MOULD AND1 ½" SILL NOSE SHOWN ON CASEMENT 3 ½" BRICK MOULD AND 1 ½" DEEP SILLNOSE SHOWN ON DOUBLE-HUNG DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM E-SERIES FEATURES29 Trim Options vÒ Product Overview Casement Windows French Casement Windows Push Out Casement Windows Awning Windows Push Out Awning Windows Double-Hung Windows Double-Hung Insert (RetroFit) Windows Double-Hung Sash Replacement Kits Bay & Bow Windows Gliding (Slide-by) Windows Specialty (Auxiliary) Windows Hinged Patio Doors Gliding Patio Doors E-SERIES FEATURES DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM CLAY CANYONEXTERIOR CINNAMONFINISH 30E-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM Casement Windows Simple, beautiful and extremely functional, this casement window offers enhanced energy performance. Plus, stainless steel hinges and tracks open to 90° for great ventilation and easy cleaning. Single-lever, dual-locking mechanism with minimal exposed hardware High performance ratings*CASEMENT WINDOWS 31 Overview *See performance information on pages 159-161 for more information. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 1 2 4 5 6 3 Frame & Sash 1 Select wood components are kiln dried, and treated with water/insect repellent and preservative. Interior wood surfaces are available in pine, mixed grain douglas fir, cherry, hickory, mahogany,* maple, oak, walnut, alder or vertical grain douglas fir. Interior surfaces are available unfinished or factory primed. Optional factory-applied finishes are available in a variety of stain and paint options. 2 Wood components are fitted with aluminum extrusions on the exterior. 50 exterior colors that meet AAMA 2604 and 2605 specifications are available, as well as custom colors. Also available is a selection of seven exterior anodized options. Integral, butyl-backed corner keys provide a positive, tight seal. 3 A Fibrex® material thermal barrier encompasses the interior perimeter of the frame and is a neutral beige color. Glazing 4 High-Performance Low-E4® glass with a low-conductivity spacer. Triple-pane glass, tinted, clear dual-pane, high-altitude glass and other special glazing options are available. 5 Glass is fixed in place from the interior with wood stops that can be removed for easy reglazing if necessary. Glass stops available in ovolo (colonial) and contemporary profiles. Weatherstrip 6 A continuous perimeter bulb weatherstrip around the frame is positioned on the Fibrex material and provides a solid surface contact with the sash. A secondary bulb weatherstrip is applied on three sides of the sash into a stand- alone kerf on the aluminum extrusion. Available in white or optional black. Hardware 7 Equipped with a stainless steel gear operator, concealed hinges and hinge track. Arch casement units use stainless steel piano hinges. Concealed sash locks (multi-point on units over 2'-8" high) provide a positive lock by operating one convenient lever. Stainless steel keepers resist corrosion.** Locks, handles and operator covers are available in 10 finishes and can be shipped separately closer to job completion. Power operators are available in bronze, white, black or gold. Casement Windows *The mahogany name is representative of non-endangered African mahoganies. **See the limited warranty for details. 3 32E-SeriesWindows & DoorsPower Operator Available In BRONZE, WHITE, BLACK OR GOLD DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 7⁄8" SDL 7⁄8" REMOVABLE 1 1⁄8" FDL 1" CONTOURED5⁄8" FLAT 7⁄8" FDL 5⁄ 8" FDL 11⁄2" FDL *NOTE: Grille options also available in 2 1/4" width and in contemporary profile. FDL = Full Divided Light* SDL = Simulated Divided Light* Removable = Removable interior wood grilles Flat = Finelight™ grilles-between- the-glass Contoured = Finelight grilles- between-the-glass See page 24 for more information on our grille options. An optional Window Opening Control Device Kit is available, which limits opening the sash to less than 4" when the window is first opened. Available in stone and white. Construction locks and operator handles keep your permanent window hardware away from the construction process and possible damage, yet allow operation of windows during construction. Window Anchorage Vinyl installation flanges are pre-applied into a kerf on the frame exterior to facilitate installation. Optional aluminum flanges or metal installation clips are available. 8 Insect Screens Charcoal fiberglass screen mesh fits into an aluminum frame in colors of bronze, white or gold as well as optional black. Aluminum screen mesh and wood-veneered insect screen also available as options. TruScene® insect screens available in painted aluminum or wood-veneered options. Retractable insect screen available in wood-veneered options. See page 26 for more information on our insect screen options. 9 Grilles Full Divided Light. Permanent interior and exterior grilles with grille spacer bars between two panes of glass. Available in 5⁄8", 7 ⁄8", 11⁄8", 1 1 ⁄2" or 2 1⁄4" widths and ovolo or contemporary profiles. Simulated Divided Light. Permanent exterior and interior grilles without grille spacer bars. Available in 5⁄8", 7⁄8", 11⁄8", 11⁄2" or 21⁄4" widths and ovolo or contemporary profiles. Finelight™ Grilles-Between-the-Glass. Available in 5⁄8" flat or 1" contoured aluminum profiles. Two-tone colors of colony white/pebble tan, colony white/ sierra bronze or colony white/forest green are available on the 1" profile. Removable Interior Wood Grilles. Removable interior wood grilles are available in a 7⁄8" width and ovolo or contemporary profiles. Optional surround for removable grille and permanent exterior grilles also available. 10 Privacy Options System 3 Blinds. A 5⁄8" aluminum slat blind is mounted to an extruded aluminum blind panel and applied to the window, creating a triple-glazed window boasting privacy and energy-efficiency. Available in four colors. Blind panels are offered in white, tan, gold or an optional wood veneer to match your interior. System 3 Shades. Pleated fabric shades are available in four colors to effortlessly and beautifully filter the light. See page 27 for more details. VeriLock ® Sensors These exclusive sensors are unique as they detect whether the windows are locked or unlocked* — a feature no other sensors can provide. See pages 6–7 for details. Grilles 9 Operator Handles & Covers Sash Locks Construction Hardware BRONZE POLISHED BRASS GOLD WHITE BLACK ANTIQUE BRASS PEWTER SATIN CHROME BRIGHT CHROME Features & Options POLISHED BRASS GOLD WHITE BLACK PEWTER OIL RUBBED BRONZE SATIN CHROME BRIGHT CHROME ANTIQUE BRASS BRONZE 7 10 8 OIL RUBBED BRONZE 33CASEMENT WINDOWS Features & Options *When properly configured and maintained with a professionally installed security system and/or self- monitoring system compatible with Honeywell® 5800 controls. See your dealer for more information. Printing limitations prevent exact finish replication. Please see your local dealer for actual finish samples. Blinds, Shades & Insect Screens DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 1 2 3 4 5 6 Frame & Sash 1 Select wood components are kiln dried, and treated with water/insect repellent and preservative. Interior wood surfaces are available in pine, mixed grain douglas fir, cherry, hickory, mahogany,* maple, oak, walnut, alder or vertical grain douglas fir. Interior surfaces are available unfinished or factory primed. Optional factory-applied finishes are available in a variety of stain and paint options. 2 Wood components are fitted with aluminum extrusions on the exterior. 50 exterior colors that meet AAMA 2604 and 2605 specifications are available, as well as custom colors. Also available is a selection of seven exterior anodized options. 3 A Fibrex® material thermal barrier encompasses the interior perimeter of the frame and is a neutral beige color. Glazing 4 High-Performance Low-E4® glass with a low-conductivity spacer. Tinted, clear dual-pane, high-altitude glass and other special glazing options are available. 5 Glass is fixed in place from the interior with wood stops that can be removed for easy reglazing if necessary. Glass stops available in ovolo (colonial) and contemporary profiles. Weatherstrip 6 A continuous perimeter bulb weatherstrip around the frame is positioned on the Fibrex material and provides a solid surface contact with the sash. Secondary weatherstrip is applied on three sides of the sash. Available in white or optional black. 7 Hardware Equipped with stainless steel gear operators and piano hinges. Concealed, multi-point sash locks provide a positive lock by operating one convenient lever. Stainless steel keepers resist corrosion.** Locks for French casement windows are available in bronze, white, black, polished brass, antique brass, satin chrome and bright chrome. Window Anchorage Vinyl installation flanges are pre-applied into a kerf on the frame exterior to facilitate installation. Optional aluminum flanges or metal installation clips are available. French Casement Windows 34E-Series Windows & Doors3 *The mahogany name is representative of non-endangered African mahoganies. **See the limited warranty for details. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 35CASEMENT WINDOWS Features & Options 7⁄8" SDL 7⁄8" REMOVABLE 1 1⁄8" FDL 1" CONTOURED5⁄8" FLAT 7⁄8" FDL 5⁄ 8" FDL 11⁄2" FDL WHITE 8 Insect Screens Charcoal fiberglass screen mesh fits into an aluminum frame in colors of bronze, white or gold as well as optional black. Aluminum screen mesh and wood-veneered insect screen also available as options. TruScene® insect screens available in painted aluminum or wood-veneered options. Retractable insect screen available in wood-veneered options. See page 26 for more information on our insect screen options. 9 Grilles Full Divided Light. Permanent interior and exterior grilles with grille spacer bars between two panes of glass. Available in 5⁄ 8", 7 ⁄8", 1 1 ⁄8", 1 1 ⁄2" or 2 1⁄4" widths and ovolo or contemporary profiles. Simulated Divided Light. Permanent exterior and interior grilles without grille spacer bars. Available in 5⁄ 8", 7⁄8", 11⁄8", 11⁄2" or 21⁄4" widths and ovolo or contemporary profiles. Finelight™ Grilles-Between-the-Glass. Available in 5⁄8" flat or 1" contoured aluminum profiles. Two-tone colors of colony white/pebble tan, colony white/ sierra bronze or colony white/forest green are available on the 1" profile. Removable Interior Wood Grilles. Removable interior wood grilles are available in a 7⁄8" width and ovolo or contemporary profiles. Optional surround for removable grille and permanent exterior grilles also available. VeriLock ® Sensors These exclusive sensors are unique as they detect whether the windows are locked or unlocked* — a feature no other sensors can provide. See pages 6–7 for details. Operator Handles & Covers French Casement Locks BRONZE POLISHED BRASS WHITE BLACK ANTIQUE BRASS SATIN CHROME BRIGHT CHROME Features & Options BRONZE POLISHED BRASS ANTIQUE BRASS Grilles 9 Insect Screens 8 BLACK BRIGHT CHROME SATIN CHROME 7 *When properly configured and maintained with a professionally installed security system and/or self- monitoring system compatible with Honeywell® 5800 controls. See your dealer for more information. Printing limitations prevent exact finish replication. Please see your local dealer for actual finish samples. *NOTE: Grille options also available in 2 1/4" width and in contemporary profile. FDL = Full Divided Light* SDL = Simulated Divided Light* Removable = Removable interior wood grilles Flat = Finelight™ grilles-between- the-glass Contoured = Finelight grilles- between-the-glass See page 24 for more information on our grille options. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 36 2 4 5 6 Frame & Sash 1 Select wood components are kiln dried, and treated with water/insect repellent and preservative. Interior wood surfaces are available in pine, mixed grain douglas fir, cherry, hickory, mahogany,* maple, oak, walnut, alder or vertical grain douglas fir. Interior surfaces are available unfinished or factory primed. Optional factory-applied finishes are available in a variety of stain and paint options. 2 Wood components are fitted with aluminum extrusions on the exterior. 50 exterior colors that meet AAMA 2604 and 2605 specifications are available, as well as custom colors. Also available is a selection of seven exterior anodized options. 3 A Fibrex® material thermal barrier encompasses the interior perimeter of the frame and is a neutral beige color. Glazing 4 High-Performance Low-E4® glass with a low-conductivity spacer. Triple-pane glass, tinted, clear dual-pane, high- altitude glass and other special glazing options are available. 5 Glass is fixed in place from the interior with wood stops that can be removed for easy reglazing if necessary. Glass stops available in ovolo (colonial) and contemporary profiles. Weatherstrip 6 A continuous perimeter bulb weatherstrip around the frame is positioned on the Fibrex material and provides a solid surface contact with the sash. A secondary bulb weatherstrip is applied on three sides of the sash. Available in white or optional black. 7 Hardware Equipped with a stainless steel 4-bar friction hinge. Larger units use a stainless steel piano hinge with stainless steel stays. Manual lock system featuring lock handles allows for easy operation. Units under 40" high use a single lock, while units 40" and taller use dual locks. Lock handles are available in six finishes. Window Anchorage Vinyl installation flanges are pre-applied into a kerf on the frame exterior to facilitate installation. Optional aluminum flanges or metal installation clips are available. Push Out Casement WindowsE-Series Windows & Doors3 1 3 *The mahogany name is representative of non-endangered African mahoganies. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 7⁄8" SDL 7⁄8" REMOVABLE 1 1⁄8" FDL 1" CONTOURED5⁄8" FLAT 7⁄8" FDL 5⁄ 8" FDL 11⁄2" FDL 8 Insect Screens Hinged insect screen opens to the interior, providing access to the lock handle. Choose from charcoal fiberglass or aluminum screen mesh. Available in wood-veneered options. Insect screen pulls are available in six finishes. Retractable insect screen available in wood-veneered options and requires extension jambs. See page 26 for more information on our insect screen options. 9 Grilles Full Divided Light. Permanent interior and exterior grilles with grille spacer bars between two panes of glass. Available in 5⁄ 8", 7 ⁄8", 1 1 ⁄8", 1 1 ⁄2" or 2 1⁄4" widths and ovolo or contemporary profiles. Simulated Divided Light. Permanent exterior and interior grilles without grille spacer bars. Available in 5⁄8", 7⁄8", 11⁄8", 11⁄2" or 21⁄4" widths and ovolo or contemporary profiles. Finelight™ Grilles-Between-the-Glass. Available in 5⁄8" flat or 1" contoured aluminum profiles. Two-tone colors of colony white/pebble tan, colony white/ sierra bronze or colony white/forest green are available on the 1" profile. Removable Interior Wood Grilles. Removable interior wood grilles are available in a 7⁄8" width and ovolo or contemporary profiles. Optional surround for removable grille and permanent exterior grilles also available. VeriLock ® Sensors These exclusive sensors are unique as they detect whether the windows are locked or unlocked* — a feature no other sensors can provide. See pages 6–7 for details. Lock Handles Insect Screen Pulls Grilles Features & Options Insect Screens 7 98 37CASEMENT WINDOWS Features & Options *When properly configured and maintained with a professionally installed security system and/or self- monitoring system compatible with Honeywell® 5800 controls. See your dealer for more information. Printing limitations prevent exact finish replication. Please see your local dealer for actual finish samples. SATIN CHROME WHITE BLACK POLISHED BRASS ANTIQUE BRASS SATIN CHROME ANTIQUE BRASS BLACK WHITE POLISHED BRASS OIL RUBBED BRONZE OIL RUBBED BRONZE *NOTE: Grille options also available in 2 1/4" width and in contemporary profile. FDL = Full Divided Light* SDL = Simulated Divided Light* Removable = Removable interior wood grilles Flat = Finelight™ grilles-between- the-glass Contoured = Finelight grilles- between-the-glass See page 24 for more information on our grille options. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE.R.O.F.S.1' 6 1/4" 1' 5 3/4" 1' 8 1/2" 1' 8" 2' 0 1/2" 2' 0" 2' 4 1/2" 2' 4" 2' 6 1/2" 2' 6" 2' 8 1/2" 2' 8" 3' 0 1/2" 3' 0"2' 0 1/2"2' 0"2' 6 1/2"2' 6"2' 8 1/2"2' 8"3' 0 1/2"3' 0"3' 4 1/2"3' 4"4' 0 1/2"4' 0"4' 6 1/2"4' 6"5' 0 1/2"5' 0"5' 6 1/2"5' 6"6' 0 1/2"6' 0"CMT15 3/4 20 CMT1820 CMT2020 CMT15 3/4 26 CMT1826 CMT2026 CMT2426 CMT2626 CMT15 3/4 28 CMT1828 CMT2028 CMT2428 CMT2628 CMT2828 CMT15 3/4 30 CMT1830 CMT2030 CMT2430 CMT2630 CMT2830 CMT3030 CMT15 3/4 34 CMT1834 CMT2034 CMT2434 CMT2634 CMT2834 CMT3034 CMT15 3/4 40 CMT1840 CMT2040 CMT2440 CMT2640 CMT2840 CMT3040 CMT15 3/4 46 CMT1846 CMT2046 CMT2446 CMT2646 CMT2846 CMT3046 CMT15 3/4 50 CMT1850 CMT2050 CMT2450 CMT2650 CMT2850 CMT3050 * CMT15 3/4 56 CMT1856 CMT2056 CMT2456 CMT2656 CMT2856 * CMT3056 ** CMT15 3/4 60 CMT1860 CMT2060 CMT2460 CMT2660 CMT2860 ** CMT3060 ** CMT2420 CMT2620 CMT2820 CMT3020 CMT2826 CMT3026 CMT3028 Casement Window Sizes NOTES † These units meet or exceed the following dimensions: Clear Opening Area 5.7 sq. ft., Clear Opening Width 20", Clear Opening Height 24" and 44" maximum floor to sill height (with standard 6'10-1/2" structural header height). †† Units meet the stated dimensions above when optional hardware for widest clear opening is used. * A sash-limiting device is standard on 2856 and 3050 casement units. See your local code official for requirements in your area. ** A piano hinge and sash limiting device is standard on 2860, 3056 and 3060 casement units. If glass is positioned within 18" of the finished floor, safety/tempered glass may be required. Local codes may differ. Verify tempered glass requirements with your local building code official. Use structural joining material when necessary or required by code. The light patterns illustrated apply to rectangular removable interior wood grilles, Full Divided Light, Simulated Divided Light, Decorelle 100, 150 and 400 and Finelight™ Grilles-Between-the-Glass. All removable interior wood grilles will be installed in the units unless otherwise specified. For a metric conversion in millimeters, multiply dimensions in inches by 25.4. 2- Wide 3-Wide 4-Wide 5-Wide Single Unit Frame Width Rough Opening Width Frame Width Rough Opening Width Rough Opening Width Rough Opening Width 1'-5 3/4" 3'-0" 2'-11 1/2" 4'-5 3/4" 4'-5 1/4" 5'-11 1/2" 5'-11" 7'-5 1/4" 7'-4 3/4" 1'-8" 3'-4 1/2" 3'-4" 5'-0 1/2" 5'-0" 6'-8 1/2" 6'-8" 8'-4 1/2" 8'-4" 2'-0" 4'-0 1/2" 4'-0" 6'-0 1/2" 6'-0" 8'-0 1/2" 8'-0" 10'-0 1/2" 10'-0" 2'-4" 4'-8 1/2" 4'-8" 7'-0 1/2" 7'-0" 9'-4 1/2" 9'-4" 11'-8 1/2" 11'-8" 2'-6" 5'-0 1/2" 5'-0" 7'-6 1/2" 7'-6" 10'-0 1/2" 10'-0" 12'-6 1/2" 12'-6" 2'-8" 5'-4 1/2" 5'-4" 8'-0 1/2" 8'-0" 10'-8 1/2" 10'-8" 13'-4 1/2" 13'-4" 3'-0" 6'-0 1/2" 6'-0" 9'-0 1/2" 9'-0" 12'-0 1/2" 12'-0" 15'-0 1/2" 15'-0" Frame Width Frame Width Frame Width Joined Casement Combinations FORMULA FOR COMBINATION WINDOWS The overall frame dimension (both width and height) is equal to the sum of the individual unit frame dimensions plus joining material dimension(s). The overall rough opening (both width and height) is equal to the overall frame dimensions plus 1/4" on all sides. Any unit within each combination can be operating or stationary. Vent Layout as Viewed From Exterior Stationary Left Right 38E-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 39CASEMENT WINDOWS Specifications ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE.R.O.F.S.3' 4 1/2"3' 4"4' 0 1/2"4' 0"4' 6 1/2"4' 6"5' 0 1/2"5' 0"5' 6 1/2"5' 6"6' 0 1/2"6' 0"3' 0 1/2" 3' 0" 3' 4 1/2" 3' 4" 4' 0 1/2" 4' 0" 5' 0 1/2" 5' 0" 6' 0 1/2" 6' 0" CMP3434 CMP4034 CMP5034 CMP6034 CMP3040 CMP3440 CMP4040 CMP5040 CMP6040 CMP3046 CMP3446 CMP4046 CMP5046 CMP6046 CMP3050 CMP3450 CMP4050 CMP5050 CMP6050 CMP3056 CMP3456 CMP4056 CMP5056 CMP6056 CMP3060 CMP3460 CMP4060 CMP5060 CMP6060 CMP3034 R.O.F.S.1' 5 3/4" 1' 6 1/4" 1' 8 1/2" 1' 8" 2' 0 1/2" 2' 0" 2' 4 1/2" 2' 4" 2' 6 1/2" 2' 6" 2' 8 1/2" 2' 8" 3' 0 1/2" 3' 0" 3' 4 1/2" 3' 4" 4' 0 1/2" 4' 0"1' 2 1/ 2" 1' 2"1' 4 1/2" 1' 4" 1' 6 1/4" 1' 5 3/4" 1' 8 1/2"1' 8"CT15 3/412 CT15 3/414 CT15 3/415 3/4 CT1812 CT1814 CT1815 3/4 CT1818 CT2012 CT2014 CT2412 CT2414 CT2415 3/4 CT2612 CT2614 CT2812 CT2814 CT3012 CT3014 CT3412 CT3414 CT4012 CT4014 CT15 3/418 CT2015 3/4 CT2018 CT2418 CT2615 3/4 CT2618 CT2815 3/4 CT2818 CT3015 3/4 CT3018 CT3415 3/4 CT3418 CT4015 3/4 CT4018 Casement Transom Window Sizes Casement Picture Window Sizes NOTES If glass is positioned within 18" of the finished floor, safety/tempered glass may be required. Local codes may differ. Verify tempered glass requirements with your local building code official. Use structural joining material when necessary or required by code. The light patterns illustrated apply to rectangular removable interior wood grilles, Full Divided Light, Simulated Divided Light, Decorelle 100, 150 and 400 and Finelight™ Grilles-Between-the-Glass. All removable interior wood grilles will be installed in the units unless otherwise specified. For a metric conversion in millimeters, multiply dimensions in inches by 25.4. FORMULA FOR COMBINATION WINDOWS The overall frame dimension (both width and height) is equal to the sum of the individual unit frame dimensions plus joining material dimension(s). The overall rough opening (both width and height) is equal to the overall frame dimensions plus 1/4" on all sides. Any unit within each combination can be operating or stationary. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM RCMT2020-2 RCMT2420 RCMT2420-2 RCMT2026 RCMT2026-2 RCMT2426 RCMT2426-2 RCMT2028 RCMT2028-2 RCMT2428 RCMT2428-2 RCMT2030 RCMT2030-2 RCMT2430 RCMT2430-2 RCMT2034 RCMT2034-2 RCMT2434 RCMT2434-2 RCMT2634-2RCMT2634 RCMT2630-2RCMT2630 RCMT2628 RCMT2628-2 RCMT2626 RCMT2626-2 RCMT2620 RCMT2620-2 RCMT2020 R.O.F.S.2' 0 1/ 2" 2' 0" 4' 0 1/ 2" 4' 0" 2' 4 1/2" 2' 4" 4' 8 1/2" 4' 8" 2' 0 1/2"2' 0"2' 6 1/2"2' 6"2' 8 1/2"2' 8"3' 0 1/2"3' 0"3' 4 1/2"3' 4"2' 6 1/ 2" 2' 6" 5' 0 1/2" 5 ' 0" RCMT2050 RCMT2050-2 RCMT2450 RCMT2450-2 RCMT2650 RCMT2650-2 RCMT2046 RCMT2046-2 RCMT2446 RCMT2446-2 RCMT2646 RCMT2646-2 RCMT2056 RCMT2056-2 RCMT2456 RCMT2456-2 RCMT2656-2 RCMT2656 RCMT2060 RCMT2060-2 RCMT2460 RCMT2460-2 RCMT2660-2 RCMT2660 RCMT2040-2 RCMT2440 RCMT2440-2 RCMT2640 RCMT2640-2 RCMT2040 4' 0 1/2"4' 0"4' 6 1/2"4' 6"5' 0 1/2"5' 0"5' 6 1/2"5' 6"6' 0 1/2"6' 0"RCMT2826 RCMT2826-2 RCMT3026 RCMT3026-2 RCMT2828 RCMT2828-2 RCMT3028 RCMT3028-2 RCMT2830 RCMT2830-2 RCMT3030 RCMT3030-2 RCMT2834 RCMT2834-2 RCMT3034 RCMT3034-2 RCMT2820-2 RCMT3020 RCMT3020-2RCMT2820 RCMT2840-2 RCMT3040 RCMT3040-2 RCMT2840 RCMT2846 RCMT2846-2 RCMT3046 RCMT3046-2 RCMT2850 RCMT2850-2 RCMT3050 * RCMT3050-2 * RCMT2856 * RCMT2856-2 * RCMT3056 * RCMT3056-2 * RCMT2860 * RCMT2860-2 * RCMT3060 * RCMT3060-2 * 2' 8 1/2" 2' 8" 5' 4 1/2" 5' 4" 3' 0 1/2" 3' 0" 6' 0 1/2" 6' 0" 3'-0" RAD 6'-0" RAD 3'-0" RAD 6'-0" RAD 3'-0" RAD 6'-0" RAD 3'-0" RAD 6'-0" RAD 3'-0" RAD 6'-0" RAD Left 2 Wide Right Vent Layout as Viewed From Exterior 2 WideStationary Left-Right Right-Left NOTES † These units meet or exceed the following dimensions: Clear Opening Area 5.7 sq. ft., Clear Opening Width 20", Clear Opening Height 24" and 44" maximum floor to sill height (with standard 6'10-1/2" structural header height). * A sash-limiting device is standard on 2856, 2860, 3056 and 3060 casement units. See your local code official for requirements in your area. Piano hinges are standard on all arch casement units. See notes on page 41 for more information. Arch Casement Window Sizes 40E-Series Windows & DoorsADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. 41CASEMENT WINDOWS Specifications R.O.F.S.3' 4 1/2" 3' 4" 4' 0 1/2" 4' 0" 4' 8 1/2" 4' 8" 5' 0 1/2" 5' 0"3' 0 1/2"3' 0"3' 4 1/2"3' 4"4' 0 1/2"4' 0"4' 6 1/2"4' 6"5' 0 1/2"5' 0"FCMT3430 FCMT4030 FCMT4830 FCMT5030 FCMT3434 FCMT4034 FCMT4834 FCMT5034 FCMT3440 FCMT4040 FCMT4840 FCMT5040 FCMT3446 FCMT4046 FCMT4846 FCMT5046 FCMT3450 FCMT4050 FCMT4850 FCMT5050 French Casement Window Sizes NOTES † These units meet or exceed the following dimensions: Clear Opening Area 5.7 sq. ft., Clear Opening Width 20", Clear Opening Height 24" and 44" maximum floor to sill height (with standard 6'10-1/2" structural header height). Local codes may differ. Verify egress requirements with your local building code official. Piano hinges and step jamb are standard on all French casement units. If glass is positioned within 18" of the finished floor, safety/ tempered glass may be required. Local codes may differ. Verify tempered glass requirements with your local building code official. Use structural joining material when necessary or required by code. The light patterns illustrated apply to rectangular removable interior wood grilles, Full Divided Light, Simulated Divided Light, Decorelle 100, 150 and 400 and Finelight™ Grilles- Between-the-Glass. All removable interior wood grilles will be installed in the units unless otherwise specified. For a metric conversion in millimeters, multiply dimensions in inches by 25.4. FORMULA FOR COMBINATION WINDOWS The overall frame dimension (both width and height) is equal to the sum of the individual unit frame dimensions plus joining material dimension(s). The overall rough opening (both width and height) is equal to the overall frame dimensions plus 1/4" on all sides. Any unit within each combination can be operating or stationary. Vent Layout as Viewed From Exterior Left Sash Opens First (Standard Configuration) DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE.R.O.F.S.1' 6 1/4" 1' 5 3/4" 1' 8 1/2" 1' 8" 2' 0 1/2" 2' 0" 2' 4 1/2" 2' 4" 2' 6 1/2" 2' 6" 2' 8 1/2" 2' 8" 3' 0 1/2" 3' 0"2' 0 1/2"2' 0"2' 6 1/2"2' 6"2' 8 1/2"2' 8"3' 0 1/2"3' 0"3' 4 1/2"3' 4"4' 0 1/2"4' 0"4' 6 1/2"4' 6"5' 0 1/2"5' 0"5' 6 1/2"5' 6"6' 0 1/2"6' 0"PCMT15 3/4 20 PCMT1820 PCMT2020 PCMT15 3/4 26 PCMT1826 PCMT2026 PCMT2426 PCMT2626 PCMT15 3/4 28 PCMT1828 PCMT2028 PCMT2428 PCMT2628 PCMT2828 PCMT15 3/4 30 PCMT1830 PCMT2030 PCMT2430 PCMT2630 PCMT2830 PCMT3030 PCMT15 3/4 34 PCMT1834 PCMT2034 PCMT2434 PCMT2634 PCMT2834 PCMT3034 PCMT15 3/4 40 PCMT1840 PCMT2040 PCMT2440 PCMT2640 PCMT2840 PCMT3040 PCMT15 3/4 46 PCMT1846 PCMT2046 PCMT2446 PCMT2646 PCMT2846 PCMT3046 PCMT15 3/4 50 PCMT1850 PCMT2050 PCMT2450 PCMT2650 PCMT2850 PCMT3050 PCMT15 3/4 56 PCMT1856 PCMT2056 PCMT2456 PCMT2656 PCMT2856 PCMT3056 PCMT15 3/4 60 PCMT1860 PCMT2060 PCMT2460 PCMT2660 PCMT2860 PCMT3060 PCMT2420 PCMT2620 PCMT2820 PCMT3020 PCMT2826 PCMT3026 PCMT3028 Push Out Casement Window Sizes 2- Wide 3-Wide 4-Wide 5-Wide Single Unit Frame Width Rough Opening Width Frame Width Rough Opening Width Rough Opening Width Rough Opening Width 1'-5 3/4" 3'-0" 2'-11 1/2" 4'-5 3/4" 4'-5 1/4" 5'-11 1/2" 5'-11" 7'-5 1/4" 7'-4 3/4" 1'-8" 3'-4 1/2" 3'-4" 5'-0 1/2" 5'-0" 6'-8 1/2" 6'-8" 8'-4 1/2" 8'-4" 2'-0" 4'-0 1/2" 4'-0" 6'-0 1/2" 6'-0" 8'-0 1/2" 8'-0" 10'-0 1/2" 10'-0" 2'-4" 4'-8 1/2" 4'-8" 7'-0 1/2" 7'-0" 9'-4 1/2" 9'-4" 11'-8 1/2" 11'-8" 2'-6" 5'-0 1/2" 5'-0" 7'-6 1/2" 7'-6" 10'-0 1/2" 10'-0" 12'-6 1/2" 12'-6" 2'-8" 5'-4 1/2" 5'-4" 8'-0 1/2" 8'-0" 10'-8 1/2" 10'-8" 13'-4 1/2" 13'-4" 3'-0" 6'-0 1/2" 6'-0" 9'-0 1/2" 9'-0" 12'-0 1/2" 12'-0" 15'-0 1/2" 15'-0" Frame Width Frame Width Frame Width Joined Casement Combinations NOTES † These units meet or exceed the following dimensions: Clear Opening Area 5.7 sq. ft., Clear Opening Width 20", Clear Opening Height 24" and 44" maximum floor to sill height (with standard 6'10-1/2" structural header height). Local codes may differ. Verify egress requirements with your local building code official. Units ≤ 24" Actual Frame Width (AFW) will receive hinges only (no clip or friction arm). Units > 24" AFW and ≤ 30" AFW receive clip only. Units > 30" AFW receive (2) 14" friction arms. If glass is positioned within 18" of the finished floor, safety/tempered glass may be required. Local codes may differ. Verify tempered glass requirements with your local building code official. Use structural joining material when necessary or required by code. The light patterns illustrated apply to rectangular removable interior wood grilles, Full Divided Light, Simulated Divided Light, Decorelle 100, 150 and 400 and Finelight™ Grilles-Between-the-Glass. All removable interior wood grilles will be installed in the units unless otherwise specified. For a metric conversion in millimeters, multiply dimensions in inches by 25.4. FORMULA FOR COMBINATION WINDOWS The overall frame dimension (both width and height) is equal to the sum of the individual unit frame dimensions plus joining material dimension(s). The overall rough opening (both width and height) is equal to the overall frame dimensions plus 1/4" on all sides. Any unit within each combination can be operating or stationary. Vent Layout as Viewed From Exterior Stationary Left Right 42E-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 43CASEMENT WINDOWS Specifications ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. Casement Windows PROPER INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF E-SERIES PRODUCTS IS ESSENTIAL TO ATTAIN OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE AND OPERATION. WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS THAT PROVIDE GUIDELINES FOR PROPER INSTALLATION ARE AVAILABLE BY VISITING ANDERSENWINDOWS.COM Shown with ovolo (colonial) glass stops. Sash-Set (2-Piece) CasementCasement Vertical Section 2 7/8 3 15/16 3 1/16 3 1/16 DLO 3/43/4 3/16 1 5/16 9/16 1 1/16 1 7/82 5/16 2 5/16 1 5/16 1 13/32 2 23/32Vertical Section 2 7/8 3 15/16 3 1/16 3 1/16 DLO 3/43/16 1 5/16 7/16 1 1/16 2 5/163/4 1 5/16 7/16 1 3/4 1 3/42 5/16 Horizontal Section2 7/83 15/16 3 1/16 3 1/16 DLO 3/4 1 5/16 7/16 1 1/16 1 3/4 2 5/16 Horizontal Section 2 7/83 15/16 3 1/16 DLO 3 1/16 3/4 3/16 1 5/16 7/16 1 1/16 1 3/4 2 5/16 DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. Casement Windows PROPER INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF E-SERIES PRODUCTS IS ESSENTIAL TO ATTAIN OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE AND OPERATION. WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS THAT PROVIDE GUIDELINES FOR PROPER INSTALLATION ARE AVAILABLE BY VISITING ANDERSENWINDOWS.COM Shown with ovolo (colonial) glass stops. 44E-Series Windows & DoorsVertical Section Direct-Set (1-Piece) Casement Horizontal Section Arch Casement Vertical Section Horizontal Section DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM Shown with ovolo (colonial) glass stops. 45CASEMENT WINDOWS Specifications ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. PROPER INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF E-SERIES PRODUCTS IS ESSENTIAL TO ATTAIN OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE AND OPERATION. WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS THAT PROVIDE GUIDELINES FOR PROPER INSTALLATION ARE AVAILABLE BY VISITING ANDERSENWINDOWS.COM Shown with contemporary glass stops. Horizontal Section Push Out Casement Windows French Casement Windows Vertical Section Horizontal Section Vertical Section DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 46 CUSTOM COLOREXTERIOR AWNING/TRAPEZOIDCOMBINATION E-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM Stainless steel hardware Same sight lines as our casement window True awning with operator on the sill Awning Windows Used alone or as an accent window, E-Series awning windows add visual interest and ventilation. Plus they are easy to clean from the inside, and yet offer a weathertight seal for outstanding performance. AWNING WINDOWS 47 Overview DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM Awning Windows Frame & Sash 1 Select wood components are kiln dried, and treated with water/insect repellent and preservative. Interior wood surfaces are available in pine, mixed grain douglas fir, cherry, hickory, mahogany,* maple, oak, walnut, alder or vertical grain douglas fir. Interior surfaces are available unfinished or factory primed. Optional factory-applied finishes are available in a variety of stain and paint options. 2 Wood components are fitted with aluminum extrusions on the exterior. 50 exterior colors that meet AAMA 2604 and 2605 specifications are available, as well as custom colors. Also available is a selection of seven exterior anodized options. Integral, butyl-backed corner keys provide a positive, tight seal. 3 A Fibrex® material thermal barrier encompasses the interior perimeter of the frame and is a neutral beige color. Glazing 4 High-Performance Low-E4® glass with a low-conductivity spacer. Triple-pane glass, tinted, clear dual-pane, high- altitude glass and other special glazing options are available. 5 Glass is fixed in place from the interior with wood stops that can be removed for easy reglazing if necessary. Glass stops available in ovolo (colonial) and contemporary profiles. Weatherstrip 6 A continuous perimeter bulb weatherstrip around the frame is positioned on the Fibrex material and provides a solid surface contact with the sash. A secondary bulb weatherstrip is applied on three sides of the sash into a stand- alone kerf on the aluminum extrusion. Available in white or optional black. Hardware 7 Equipped with a stainless steel gear operator, concealed hinges and hinge track. Concealed sash locks provide a positive lock. Stainless steel keepers resist corrosion.** Locks, handles and operator covers are available in 10 finishes and can be shipped separately closer to job completion. Power operators are available in bronze, white, black or gold. 1 2 4 5 6 Power Operator Available In BRONZE, WHITE, BLACK OR GOLD 3 3 48E-Series Windows & Doors*The mahogany name is representative of non-endangered African mahoganies. **See the limited warranty for details. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 7⁄8" SDL 7⁄8" REMOVABLE 1 1⁄8" FDL 1" CONTOURED5⁄8" FLAT 7⁄8" FDL 5⁄ 8" FDL 11⁄2" FDL 8 49AWNING WINDOWS Features & Options Sash Locks Operator Handles & Covers Construction Hardware Grilles Features & Options 7 10 Blinds, Shades & Insect Screens 9 POLISHED BRASS GOLD WHITE BLACK PEWTER OIL RUBBED BRONZE SATIN CHROME BRIGHT CHROME ANTIQUE BRASS BRONZE *When properly configured and maintained with a professionally installed security system and/or self- monitoring system compatible with Honeywell® 5800 controls. See your dealer for more information. Printing limitations prevent exact finish replication. Please see your local dealer for actual finish samples. Construction locks and operator handles keep your permanent window hardware away from the construction process and possible damage, yet allow operation of windows during construction. Window Anchorage Vinyl installation flanges are pre-applied into a kerf on the frame exterior to facilitate installation. Optional aluminum flanges or metal installation clips are available. 8 Insect Screens Charcoal fiberglass screen mesh fits into an aluminum frame in colors of bronze, white or gold as well as optional black. Aluminum screen mesh and wood-veneered insect screen also available as options. TruScene® insect screens available in painted aluminum or wood-veneered options. Retractable insect screen available in wood-veneered options. See page 26 for more information on our insect screen options. 9 Grilles Full Divided Light. Permanent interior and exterior grilles with grille spacer bars between two panes of glass. Available in 5⁄ 8", 7 ⁄8", 1 1 ⁄8", 1 1 ⁄2" or 2 1⁄4" widths and ovolo or contemporary profiles. Simulated Divided Light. Permanent exterior and interior grilles without grille spacer bars. Available in 5⁄8", 7⁄8", 11⁄8", 11⁄2" or 21⁄4" widths and ovolo or contemporary profiles. Finelight™ Grilles-Between-the-Glass. Available in 5⁄8" flat or 1" contoured aluminum profiles. Two-tone colors of colony white/pebble tan, colony white/ sierra bronze or colony white/forest green are available on the 1" profile. Removable interior wood grilles. Removable interior wood grilles are available in a 7⁄8" width and ovolo or contemporary profiles. Optional surround for removable grille and permanent exterior grilles also available. 10 Privacy Options System 3 Blinds. A 5⁄8" aluminum slat blind is mounted to an extruded aluminum blind panel and applied to the window, creating a triple-glazed window boasting privacy and energy-efficiency. Available in four colors. Blind panels are offered in white, tan, gold or an optional wood veneer to match your interior. System 3 Shades. Pleated fabric shades are available in four colors to effortlessly and beautifully filter the light. See page 27 for more details. VeriLock ® Sensors These exclusive sensors are unique as they detect whether the windows are locked or unlocked* — a feature no other sensors can provide. See pages 6–7 for details. BRONZE POLISHED BRASS GOLD WHITE BLACK ANTIQUE BRASS PEWTER SATIN CHROME BRIGHT CHROME OIL RUBBED BRONZE *NOTE: Grille options also available in 2 1/4" width and in contemporary profile. FDL = Full Divided Light* SDL = Simulated Divided Light* Removable = Removable interior wood grilles Flat = Finelight™ grilles-between- the-glass Contoured = Finelight grilles- between-the-glass See page 24 for more information on our grille options. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 1 2 3 4 5 6 Frame & Sash 1 Select wood components are kiln dried, and treated with water/insect repellent and preservative. Interior wood surfaces are available in pine, mixed grain douglas fir, cherry, hickory, mahogany,* maple, oak, walnut, alder or vertical grain douglas fir. Interior surfaces are available unfinished or factory primed. Optional factory-applied finishes are available in a variety of stain and paint options. 2 Wood components are fitted with aluminum extrusions on the exterior. 50 exterior colors that meet AAMA 2604 and 2605 specifications are available, as well as custom colors. Also available is a selection of seven exterior anodized options. 3 A Fibrex® material thermal barrier encompasses the interior perimeter of the frame and is a neutral beige color. Glazing 4 High-Performance Low-E4® glass with a low-conductivity spacer. Triple-pane glass, tinted, clear dual-pane, high- altitude glass and other special glazing options are available. 5 Glass is fixed in place from the interior with wood stops that can be removed for easy reglazing if necessary. Glass stops available in ovolo (colonial) and contemporary profiles. Weatherstrip 6 A continuous perimeter bulb weatherstrip around the frame is positioned on the Fibrex material and provides a solid surface contact with the sash. A secondary bulb weatherstrip is applied on three sides of the sash. Available in white or optional black. Hardware 7 Equipped with a stainless steel 4-bar friction hinge. Manual lock system featuring lock handles allows for easy operation. Units under 40" wide use a single lock, while units 40" and wider use dual locks. Lock handles are available in six finishes. Window Anchorage Vinyl installation flanges are pre-applied into a kerf on the frame exterior to facilitate installation. Optional aluminum flanges or metal installation clips are available. 8 Insect Screens Hinged insect screen opens to the interior, providing access to the lock handle. Choose from charcoal fiberglass or aluminum screen mesh. Available in wood-veneered options. Insect screen pulls are available in six finishes. Push Out Awning Windows 50E-Series Windows & Doors3 *The mahogany name is representative of non-endangered African mahoganies. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 7⁄8" SDL 7⁄8" REMOVABLE 1 1⁄8" FDL 1" CONTOURED5⁄8" FLAT 7⁄8" FDL 5⁄ 8" FDL 11⁄2" FDL 51AWNING WINDOWS Features & Options Retractable insect screen available in wood-veneered options and requires extension jamb. See page 26 for more information on our insect screen options. 9 Grilles Full Divided Light. Permanent interior and exterior grilles with grille spacer bars between two panes of glass. Available in 5⁄8", 7 ⁄8", 11⁄8", 1 1⁄2" or 21⁄4" widths and ovolo and contemporary profiles. Simulated Divided Light. Permanent exterior and interior grilles without grille spacer bars. Available in 5⁄8", 7⁄8", 11⁄8", 11⁄2" or 21⁄4" widths and ovolo or contemporary profiles. Finelight™ Grilles-Between-the-Glass. Available in 5⁄8" flat or 1" contoured aluminum profiles. Two-tone colors of colony white/pebble tan, colony white/ sierra bronze or colony white/forest green are available on the 1" profile. Removable interior wood grilles. Removable interior wood grilles are available in a 7⁄8" width and ovolo or contemporary profiles. Optional surround for removable grille and permanent exterior grilles also available. VeriLock ® Sensors These exclusive sensors are unique as they detect whether the windows are locked or unlocked* — a feature no other sensors can provide. See pages 6–7 for details. Lock Handles Insect Screen Pulls Grilles Features & Options 7 98 SATIN CHROME WHITE BLACK POLISHED BRASS ANTIQUE BRASS OIL RUBBED BRONZE SATIN CHROME ANTIQUE BRASS BLACK WHITE POLISHED BRASS OIL RUBBED BRONZE Insect Screens *When properly configured and maintained with a professionally installed security system and/or self- monitoring system compatible with Honeywell® 5800 controls. See your dealer for more information. Printing limitations prevent exact finish replication. Please see your local dealer for actual finish samples. *NOTE: Grille options also available in 2 1/4" width and in contemporary profile. FDL = Full Divided Light* SDL = Simulated Divided Light* Removable = Removable interior wood grilles Flat = Finelight™ grilles-between- the-glass Contoured = Finelight grilles- between-the-glass See page 24 for more information on our grille options. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM NOTES If glass is positioned within 18" of the finished floor, safety/tempered glass may be required. Local codes may differ. Verify tempered glass requirements with your local building code official. Use structural joining material when necessary or required by code. The light patterns illustrated apply to rectangular removable interior wood grilles, Full Divided Light, Simulated Divided Light, Decorelle 100, 150 and 400 and Finelight™ Grilles-Between-the- Glass. All removable interior wood grilles will be installed in the units unless otherwise specified. For a metric conversion in millimeters, multiply dimensions in inches by 25.4. FORMULA FOR COMBINATION WINDOWS The overall frame dimension (both width and height) is equal to the sum of the individual unit frame dimensions plus joining material dimension(s). The overall rough opening (both width and height) is equal to the overall frame dimensions plus 1/4" on all sides. Any unit within each combination can be operating or stationary. PUSH OUT AWNING Units ≥ 36" Actual Frame Height receive (2) friction stays. ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE.R.O.F.S.2' 0 1/2" 2' 0" 2' 6 1/2" 2' 6" 2' 8 1/2" 2' 8" 3' 4 1/2" 3' 4"1' 8 1/2"1' 8"3' 0 1/2" 3' 0" 2' 4 1/2" 2' 4" 4' 0 1/2" 4' 0"2' 0 1/2"2' 0"2' 6 1/2"2' 6"3' 0 1/2"3' 0"3' 4 1/2"3' 4"4' 0 1/2"4' 0"AWN2018 AWN2418 AWN2618 AWN3018 AWN3418 AWN4018 AWN2020 AWN2420 AWN2620 AWN3020 AWN3420 AWN4020AWN2820 AWN2626 AWN3026 AWN3426 AWN4026 AWN3030 AWN3430 AWN4030 AWN3034 AWN3434 AWN4034 AWN4040 AWN2818 AWN2826 AWN2830 AWN2834 AWN3440 AWN3040AWN2840 AWN2630 AWN2634 AWN2640 AWN2426 AWN2430 AWN2434 AWN2440 AWN2026 AWN2030 AWN2034 AWN2040 Venting Stationary Vent Layout as Viewed From Exterior Awning Window Sizes R.O.F.S.2' 0 1/2" 2' 0" 2' 6 1/2" 2' 6" 2' 8 1/2" 2' 8" 3' 4 1/2" 3' 4"1' 8 1/2"1' 8"3' 0 1/2" 3' 0" 2' 4 1/2" 2' 4" 4' 0 1/2" 4' 0"2' 0 1/2"2' 0"2' 6 1/2"2' 6"3' 0 1/2"3' 0"3' 4 1/2"3' 4"4' 0 1/2"4' 0"PAWN2018 PAWN2418 PAWN2618 PAWN3018 PAWN3418 PAWN4018 PAWN2020 PAWN2420 PAWN2620 PAWN3020 PAWN3420 PAWN4020PAWN2820 PAWN2626 PAWN3026 PAWN3426 PAWN4026 PAWN3030 PAWN3430 PAWN4030 PAWN3034 PAWN3434 PAWN2818 PAWN2826 PAWN2830 PAWN2834 PAWN3040PAWN2840 PAWN2630 PAWN2634 PAWN2640 PAWN2426 PAWN2430 PAWN2434 PAWN2440 PAWN2026 PAWN2030 PAWN2034 PAWN2040 Push Out Awning Window Sizes 52E-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM Joined Awning Height Combinations 2-High 3-High Single UnitFrame Height Rough Opening Height Rough Opening Height 5'-0 1/2" 5'-0" 4'-0 1/2" 4'-0" 6'-0 1/2" 6'-0" 5'-0 1/2" 5'-0" 7'-6 1/2" 7'-6" 6'-0 1/2" 6'-0" 9'-0 1/2" 9'-0" 6'-8 1/2" 6'-8" 10'-0 1/2" 10'-0" 8'-0 1/2" 8'-0" 12'-0 1/2" 12'-0" FrameHeight 3'-4 1/2" 3'-4" "8-'1 "6-'2 "0-'3 "4-'3 "0-'4 "0-'2 FrameHeight Joined Awning Width Combinations 2- Wide 3-Wide Single UnitFrame Width Rough Opening Width Frame Width Rough Opening Width 6'-0 1/2" 6'-0" 4'-8 1/2" 4'-8" 7'-0 1/2" 7'-0" 5'-0 1/2" 5'-0" 7'-6 1/2" 7'-6" 5'-4 1/2" 5'-4" 8'-0 1/2" 8'-0" 6'-0 1/2" 6'-0" 9'-0 1/2" 9'-0" 6'-8 1/2" 6'-8" 10'-0 1/2" 10'-0" 8'-0 1/2" 8'-0" 12'-0 1/2" 12'-0" FrameWidth 4'-0 1/2" 4'-0" "0-'2 "6-'2 "8-'2 "0-'3 "4-'3 "0-'4 "4-'2 53AWNING WINDOWS Specifications ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. Vertical Section Horizontal Section PROPER INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF E-SERIES PRODUCTS IS ESSENTIAL TO ATTAIN OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE AND OPERATION. WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS THAT PROVIDE GUIDELINES FOR PROPER INSTALLATION ARE AVAILABLE BY VISITING ANDERSENWINDOWS.COM Push Out Awning Windows Awning Windows Shown with contemporary glass stops.Shown with ovolo (colonial) glass stops. Vertical Section 2 7/8 3 15/16 3 1/16 3 1/16 FRAME HEIGHTDLO 3/43/16 1 5/16 9/16 1 1/16 1 7/82 5/16 1 5/16 1 13/32 2 23/323/42 5/16 Horizontal Section2 7/83 15/16 3 1/16 FRAME WIDTH DLO 3 1/16 3/4 1 5/16 7/16 1 1/16 1 3/4 2 5/16 DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM FOREST GREENEXTERIOR 54E-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM Select aluminum and wood jamb liner inserts for added visual appeal Innovative locking mechanism 4 Allows for easy tilt-in operation 4 Flush mounted for discreet functionality Create ventilation from the top or the bottom with dual sash operation Double-Hung Windows A classic beauty, double-hung windows offer a sleek design with innovative functionality. Add a TruScene® insect screen to let the outside in, maximizing your view, not limiting it. 55DOUBLE-HUNG WINDOWS Overview DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM Frame & Sash 1 Select wood components are kiln dried, and treated with water/insect repellent and preservative. Interior wood surfaces are available in pine, mixed grain douglas fir, cherry, hickory, mahogany,* maple, oak, walnut, alder or vertical grain douglas fir. Interior surfaces are available unfinished or factory primed. Optional factory- applied finishes are available in a variety of stain and paint options. 2 Wood components are fitted with aluminum extrusions on the exterior. 50 exterior colors that meet AAMA 2604 and 2605 specifications are available, as well as custom colors. Also available is a selection of seven exterior anodized op- tions. Glazing 3 High-Performance Low-E4® glass with a low-conductivity spacer. Triple-pane glass, tinted, clear dual-pane, high- altitude glass and other special glazing options are available. 4 Glass is fixed in place from the interior with wood stops that can be removed for easy reglazing if necessary. Glass stops available in ovolo (colonial) and contemporary profiles. Weatherstrip 5 Compression bulb weatherstrip is applied on the bottom sash, head jamb, at the check rail and on side jambs for a maximum weather seal. Hardware 6 Sash lock/tilt mechanisms and keepers give a slim, more traditional design and allow opening and tilting of the window in one operation. Tilting the sash from the inside for cleaning is effortless. Optional surface mount sash lifts allow for easy operation. Units less than 3' wide use one lift. Units 3' wide and greater use two lifts. Hardware is available in finishes of bronze, polished brass, gold, white, black, antique brass, pewter, oil rubbed bronze, satin chrome and bright chrome. An optional Window Opening Control Device Kit is available, which limits opening the sash to less than 4" when the window is first opened. Available in stone and white. Double-Hung Windows 1 3 2 4 5 56E-Series Windows & Doors*The mahogany name is representative of non-endangered African mahoganies. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 7⁄8" SDL 7⁄8" REMOVABLE 1 1⁄8" FDL 1" CONTOURED5⁄8" FLAT 7⁄8" FDL 5⁄ 8" FDL 11⁄2" FDL OPTIONAL WOOD INSERT OPTIONAL METAL INSERTS Rigid Jamb Liners BRONZE POLISHED BRASS GOLD WHITE BLACK ANTIQUE BRASS PEWTER OIL RUBBED BRONZE SATIN CHROME BRIGHT CHROME BRONZE POLISHED BRASS GOLD WHITE BLACK ANTIQUE BRASS PEWTER OIL RUBBED BRONZE SATIN CHROME BRIGHT CHROME 57DOUBLE-HUNG WINDOWS Features & Options Jamb Liner & Balancer System 7 Double-hung jamb liners incorporate synthetic interior and exterior inserts or optional painted aluminum exterior and wood-veneered interior inserts. Jamb liners encase balancer assemblies that allow each sash to be tilted 90° inward from a bottom pivot and stay securely in place for washing. Window Anchorage Optional vinyl installation flanges are pre-applied into a kerf on the frame exterior to facilitate installation. Optional aluminum flanges or metal installation clips are available. 8 Insect Screens Charcoal fiberglass screen mesh fits into an aluminum frame in all 50 exterior colors and seven anodized finishes. Available in half or full insect screens. Aluminum screen mesh is available as an option. TruScene® insect screens available in all 50 exterior colors and seven anodized finishes. See page 26 for more information on our insect screen options. 9 Grilles Full Divided Light. Permanent interior and exterior grilles with grille spacer bars between two panes of glass. Available in 5⁄ 8", 7 ⁄8", 1 1 ⁄8", 1 1 ⁄2" or 2 1⁄4" widths and ovolo or contemporary profiles. Simulated Divided Light. Permanent exterior and interior grilles without grille spacer bars. Available in 5⁄8", 7⁄8", 11⁄8", 11⁄2" or 21⁄4" widths and ovolo or contemporary profiles. Finelight™ Grilles-Between-the-Glass. Available in 5⁄8" flat or 1" contoured aluminum profiles. Two-tone colors of colony white/pebble tan, colony white/ sierra bronze or colony white/forest green are available on the 1" profile. Removable interior wood grilles. Removable interior wood grilles are available in a 7⁄8" width and ovolo or contemporary profiles. Optional surround for removable grille and permanent exterior grilles also available. VeriLock ® Sensors These exclusive sensors are unique as they detect whether the windows are locked or unlocked* — a feature no other sensors can provide. See pages 6–7 for details. Sash Locks Features & Options Sash Lifts 6 Grilles 97 Insect Screens 8 VeriLock® Sensors 10 10 E-Series double-hung windows with VeriLock® sensors use a different sash lock. Available in all hardware finishes. *When properly configured and maintained with a professionally installed security system and/or self- monitoring system compatible with Honeywell® 5800 controls. See your dealer for more information. Printing limitations prevent exact finish replication. Please see your local dealer for actual samples. *NOTE: Grille options also available in 2 1/4" width and in contemporary profile. FDL = Full Divided Light* SDL = Simulated Divided Light* Removable = Removable interior wood grilles Flat = Finelight™ grilles-between- the-glass Contoured = Finelight grilles- between-the-glass See page 24 for more information on our grille options. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM Double-Hung Insert Windows Double-hung insert window fits into an existing window frame making installation a breeze. The appearance of the interior and exterior of the home are maintained because the existing frame, wall coverings and trim work stay completely intact. Frame & Sash 1 Select wood components are kiln dried, and treated with water/insect repellent and preservative. Interior wood surfaces are available in pine, mixed grain douglas fir, cherry, hickory, mahogany,* maple, oak, walnut, alder or vertical grain douglas fir. Interior surfaces are available unfinished or factory primed. Optional factory-applied finishes are available in a variety of stain and paint options. 2 Wood components are fitted with aluminum extrusions on the exterior. 50 exterior colors that meet AAMA 2604 and 2605 specifications are available, as well as custom colors. Also available is a selection of seven exterior anodized options. Glazing 3 High-Performance Low-E4® glass with a low-conductivity spacer. Triple-pane glass, tinted, clear dual-pane, high-altitude glass and other special glazing options are available. 4 Glass is fixed in place from the interior with wood stops that can be removed for easy reglazing if necessary. Glass stops available in ovolo (colonial) and contemporary profiles. Weatherstrip 5 Compression bulb weatherstrip is applied on the bottom sash, head jamb, at the check rail and on side jambs for a maximum weather seal. Hardware 6 Sash lock/tilt mechanisms and keepers give a slim, more traditional design and allow opening and tilting of the window in one operation. Tilting the sash from the inside for cleaning is effortless. Surface mount sash lifts are available and allow for easy operation. Units less than 3' wide use one lift. Units 3' wide and greater use two lifts. Sash locks and lifts are available in finishes of bronze, polished brass, gold, white, black, antique brass, pewter, oil rubbed bronze, satin chrome and bright chrome. An optional Window Opening Control Device Kit is available, which limits opening the sash to less than 4" when the window is first opened. Available in stone and white. Double-Hung Insert Windows 1 3 2 4 5 58E-Series Windows & Doors*The mahogany name is representative of non-endangered African mahoganies. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 7⁄8" SDL 7⁄8" REMOVABLE 1 1⁄8" FDL 1" CONTOURED5⁄8" FLAT 7⁄8" FDL 5⁄ 8" FDL 11⁄2" FDL BRONZE POLISHED BRASS GOLD WHITE BLACK ANTIQUE BRASS PEWTER OIL RUBBED BRONZE SATIN CHROME BRIGHT CHROME BRONZE POLISHED BRASS GOLD WHITE BLACK ANTIQUE BRASS PEWTER OIL RUBBED BRONZE SATIN CHROME BRIGHT CHROME 59DOUBLE-HUNG WINDOWS Features & Options Jamb Liner & Balancer System 7 Basic jamb liners are available in beige or white and are made of synthetic material. Optional painted aluminum exterior inserts and wood-veneered interior inserts also available. Jamb liners encase balancer assemblies that allow each sash to be tilted 90° inward from a bottom pivot and stay securely in place for washing. Sill Slope 8 degrees is the standard slope. Filler block is used on existing window sill angles of less than 8 degrees. Insect Screens Charcoal fiberglass screen mesh fits into an aluminum frame in all 50 exterior colors and seven anodized finishes. Available in half or full insect screens. Aluminum screen mesh is available as an option. TruScene ® insect screens available in all 50 exterior colors and seven anodized finishes. See page 26 for more information on our insect screen options. 9 Grilles Full Divided Light. Permanent interior and exterior grilles with grille spacer bars between two panes of glass. Available in 5⁄ 8", 7 ⁄8", 1 1 ⁄8", 1 1 ⁄2" or 2 1⁄4" widths and ovolo or contemporary profiles. Simulated Divided Light. Permanent exterior and interior grilles without grille spacer bars. Available in 5⁄ 8", 7⁄8", 1 1 ⁄8", 1 1 ⁄2" or 2 1 ⁄4" widths and ovolo or contemporary profiles. Finelight™ Grilles-Between-the-Glass. Available in 5⁄8" flat or 1" contoured aluminum profiles. Two-tone colors of colony white/pebble tan, colony white/ sierra bronze or colony white/forest green are available on the 1" profile. Removable interior wood grilles. Removable interior wood grilles are available in a 7⁄8" width and ovolo or contemporary profiles. Optional surround for removable grille and permanent exterior grilles also available. VeriLock ® Sensors These exclusive sensors are unique as they detect whether the windows are locked or unlocked* — a feature no other sensors can provide. See pages 6–7 for details. Measuring Guidelines Measuring guidelines for double-hung insert and picture insert windows can be found on andersenwindows.com.8 Sash Locks Features & Options Sash Lifts Grilles 9 *When properly configured and maintained with a professionally installed security system and/or self- monitoring system compatible with Honeywell® 5800 controls. See your dealer for more information. Printing limitations prevent exact finish replication. Please see your local dealer for actual samples. 10 E-Series double-hung windows with VeriLock® sensors use a different sash lock. Available in all hardware finishes. OPTIONAL WOOD INSERT OPTIONAL METAL INSERTS Rigid Jamb Liners 7 Insect Screens 8 6 VeriLock® Sensors 10 *NOTE: Grille options also available in 2 1/4" width and in contemporary profile. FDL = Full Divided Light* SDL = Simulated Divided Light* Removable = Removable interior wood grilles Flat = Finelight™ grilles-between- the-glass Contoured = Finelight grilles- between-the-glass See page 24 for more information on our grille options. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM Sash Replacement Kits Double-hung sash replacement kits are complete with window sash, locking hardware and sash lifts, compression jamb liners and balancer systems, sill filler, head parting stop and installation hardware. Each kit is built to your exact measurements. The kits were designed to replace older sash with a new energy efficient sash without removing the trim and the window frame. The sash replacement will fit a double-hung window with a jamb pocket depth of 31⁄4" or larger. Kits are also available in a picture window design. The sash depth is 117⁄32". Picture window sash replacement kit consists of one sash and one sill filler. Sash 1 Select wood components are kiln dried, and treated with water/insect repellent and preservative. Interior wood surfaces are available in pine, mixed grain douglas fir, cherry, hickory, mahogany,* maple, oak, walnut, alder or vertical grain douglas fir. Interior surfaces are available unfinished or factory primed. Optional factory-applied finishes are available in a variety of stain and paint options. 2 Wood components are fitted with aluminum extrusions on the exterior. 50 exterior colors that meet AAMA 2604 and 2505 specifications are available, as well as custom colors. Also available is a selection of seven exterior anodized options. Glazing 3 High-Performance Low-E4® glass with a low-conductivity spacer. Tinted, clear dual-pane, high-altitude glass and other special glazing options are available. 4 Glass is fixed in place from the interior with wood stops that can be removed for easy reglazing if necessary. Glass stops available in ovolo (colonial) and contemporary profiles. Weatherstrip 5 The sash replacement kit utilizes a foam weatherstrip on the bottom of the lower sash that forms a weather-tight seal against the sill filler when closed. 6 Hollow bulb weatherstrip forms a compression seal at the check rails and at the head. Double-Hung Sash Replacement Kits 1 3 4 5 2 6 6 60E-Series Windows & Doors*The mahogany name is representative of non-endangered African mahoganies. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 7⁄8" SDL 7⁄8" REMOVABLE 1 1⁄8" FDL 1" CONTOURED5⁄8" FLAT 7⁄8" FDL 5⁄ 8" FDL 11⁄2" FDL BRONZE POLISHED BRASS GOLD WHITE BLACK 61DOUBLE-HUNG WINDOWS Features & Options Hardware 7 Sash replacement kits under 36" in width will receive one lock and one sash lift. Kits 36" to 48" in width will receive two locks and two sash lifts. Kits 48" and wider will require three locks and two sash lifts. Finishes are available in bronze, black, white, gold and polished brass. Jamb Liner & Balancer System Each kit utilizes a two-piece foam- backed jamb liner and a block and tackle balancer system. The sash tilt inward for easy cleaning. Beige or white jamb liners are available and are cut to the sill slope specified at time of order. 8 Insect Screens Charcoal fiberglass screen mesh fits into an aluminum frame in all 50 exterior colors and seven anodized finishes. Available in half or full insect screens. Aluminum screen mesh is available as an option. TruScene® insect screens available in all 50 exterior colors and seven anodized finishes. See page 26 for more information on our insect screen options. 9 Grilles Full Divided Light. Permanent interior and exterior grilles with grille spacer bars between two panes of glass. Available in 5⁄8", 7 ⁄8", 11⁄8", 1 1⁄2" or 21⁄4" widths and ovolo or contemporary profiles. Simulated Divided Light. Permanent exterior and interior grilles without grille spacer bars. Available in 5⁄8", 7⁄8", 11⁄8", 11⁄2" or 21⁄4" widths and ovolo or contemporary profiles. Finelight™ Grilles-Between-the-Glass. Available in 5⁄8" flat or 1" contoured aluminum profiles. Two-tone colors of colony white/pebble tan, colony white/ sierra bronze or colony white/forest green are available on the 1" profile. Removable interior wood grilles. Removable interior wood grilles are available in a 7⁄8" width and ovolo or contemporary profiles. Optional surround for removable grille and permanent exterior grilles also available. Measuring Guidelines Measuring guidelines for double-hung and picture sash replacement kits can be found on andersenwindows.com. Sash Locks Features & Options Sash Lifts Printing limitations prevent exact finish replication. Please see your local dealer for actual samples. Grilles 87 Insect Screens 9 BRONZE GOLDPOLISHED BRASS WHITE BLACK *NOTE: Grille options also available in 2 1/4" width and in contemporary profile. FDL = Full Divided Light* SDL = Simulated Divided Light* Removable = Removable interior wood grilles Flat = Finelight™ grilles-between- the-glass Contoured = Finelight grilles- between-the-glass See page 24 for more information on our grille options. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. 2-Wide 3-Wide Single Unit Frame Width Rough Opening Width Single Unit Frame Width Rough Opening Width Frame Width 1'-8" 3'-4 1/2" 3'-4" 1'-8" 5'-0 1/2" 5'-0" 2'-0" 4'-0 1/2" 4'-0" 2'-0" 6'-0 1/2" 6'-0" 2'-4" 4'-8 1/2" 4'-8" 2'-4" 7'-0 1/2" 7'-0" 2'-6" 5'-0 1/2" 5'-0" 2'-6" 7'-6 1/2" 7'-6" 2'-8" 5'-4 1/2" 5'-4" 2'-8" 8'-0 1/2" 8'-0" 3'-0" 6'-0 1/2" 6'-0" 3'-0" 9'-0 1/2" 9'-0" 3'-2" 6'-4 1/2" 6'-4" 3'-2" 9'-6 1/2" 9'-6" 3'-4" 6'-8 1/2" 6'-8" 3'-4" 10'-0 1/2" 10'-0" 3'-8" 7'-4 1/2" 7'-4" 3'-8" 11'-0 1/2" 11'-0" 4'-0" 8'-0 1/2" 8'-0" 4'-0" 12'-0 1/2" 12'-0" Frame Width Joined Double-Hung Combinations NOTES † These units meet or exceed the following dimensions: Clear Opening Area 5.7 sq. ft., Clear Opening Width 20", Clear Opening Height 24" and 44" maximum floor to sill height (with standard 6'10-1/2" structural header height). See your local code official for requirements in your area. Units may be ordered with sash lifts if desired. Units 3'0" and wider will use two sash lifts. If glass is positioned within 18" of the finished floor, safety/ tempered glass may be required. Local codes may differ. Verify tempered glass requirements with your local building code official. Use structural joining material when necessary or required by code. The light patterns illustrated apply to rectangular removable interior wood grilles, Full Divided Light, Simulated Divided Light, Decorelle 100, 150 and 400 and Finelight™ Grilles- Between-the-Glass. All removable interior wood grilles will be installed in the units unless otherwise specified. For a metric conversion in millimeters, multiply dimensions in inches by 25.4. FORMULA FOR COMBINATION WINDOWS The overall frame dimension (both width and height) is equal to the sum of the individual unit frame dimensions plus joining material dimension(s). The overall rough opening (both width and height) is equal to the overall frame dimensions plus 1/4" on all sides. Double-Hung Window Sizes R.O.F.S.1' 8 1/2" 1' 8" 2' 0 1/2" 2' 0" 2' 4 1/2" 2' 4" 2' 6 1/2" 2' 6" 2' 8 1/2" 2' 8" 3' 0 1/2" 3' 0" 3' 2 1/2" 3' 2"3' 0 1/2"3' 0"3' 4 1/2"3' 4"3' 4 1/2" 3' 4" 3' 8 1/2" 3' 8" 4' 0 1/2" 4' 0"4' 0 1/2"4' 0"4' 6 1/2"4' 6"5' 1 1/2" 5' 1"DHG1840 DHG2040 DHG2440 DHG2640 DHG2840 DHG3040 DHG3440 DHG3840 DHG4040 DHG1830 DHG2030 DHG2430 DHG2630 DHG2830 DHG3030 DHG3430 DHG3830 DHG1834 DHG2034 DHG2434 DHG2634 DHG2834 DHG3034 DHG3434 DHG3834 DHG1846 DHG2046 DHG2446 DHG2646 DHG2846 DHG3046 DHG3446 DHG3846 DHG4046 4' 9 1/2"4' 9"DHG1849 DHG2049 DHG2449 DHG2649 DHG2849 DHG3049 DHG3449 DHG3849 DHG4049 DHG3230 DHG3234 DHG3240 DHG3246 DHG3249 DHG3250 DHG3251 DHG1851 DHG2051 DHG2451 DHG2651 DHG2851 DHG3051 DHG3451 DHG3851 DHG4051 5' 0 1/2"5' 0"DHG1850 DHG2050 DHG2450 DHG2650 DHG2850 DHG3050 DHG3450 DHG3850 DHG4050 62E-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. 63DOUBLE-HUNG WINDOWS Specifications NOTES † These units meet or exceed the following dimensions: Clear Opening Area 5.7 sq. ft., Clear Opening Width 20", Clear Opening Height 24" and 44" maximum floor to sill height (with standard 6'10-1/2" structural header height). See your local code official for requirements in your area. Units may be ordered with sash lifts if desired. Units 3'0" and wider will use two sash lifts. If glass is positioned within 18" of the finished floor, safety/tempered glass may be required. Local codes may differ. Verify tempered glass requirements with your local building code official. Use structural joining material when necessary or required by code. The light patterns illustrated apply to rectangular removable interior wood grilles, Full Divided Light, Simulated Divided Light, Decorelle 100, 150 and 400 and Finelight™ Grilles-Between-the-Glass. All removable interior wood grilles will be installed in the units unless otherwise specified. For a metric conversion in millimeters, multiply dimensions in inches by 25.4. FORMULA FOR COMBINATION WINDOWS The overall frame dimension (both width and height) is equal to the sum of the individual unit frame dimensions plus joining material dimension(s). The overall rough opening (both width and height) is equal to the overall frame dimensions plus 1/4" on all sides. Double-Hung Window Sizes R.O.F.S.1' 8 1/2" 1' 8" 2' 0 1/2" 2' 0" 2' 4 1/2" 2' 4" 2' 6 1/2" 2' 6" 2' 8 1/2" 2' 8" 3' 0 1/2" 3' 0" 3' 2 1/2" 3' 2" 3' 4 1/2" 3' 4" 3' 8 1/2" 3' 8" 4' 0 1/2" 4' 0"5' 6 1/2"5' 6"6' 0 1/2"6' 0"6' 6 1/2"6' 6"DHG1856 DHG2056 DHG2456 DHG2656 DHG2856 DHG3056 DHG3456 DHG3856 DHG4056 DHG1860 DHG2060 DHG2460 DHG2660 DHG2860 DHG3060 DHG3460 DHG3860 DHG4060 DHG1866 DHG2066 DHG2466 DHG2666 DHG2866 DHG3066 DHG3466 DHG3866 DHG1870 DHG2070 DHG2470 DHG2670 DHG2870 DHG3070 DHG3470 DHG1876 DHG2076 DHG2476 DHG2676 DHG2876 DHG3076 DHG3256 DHG3260 DHG3266 DHG3270 DHG3276 7' 0 1/2"7' 0"7' 6 1/2"7' 6"DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. NOTES Units may be ordered with sash lifts if desired. Units 3'0" and wider will use two sash lifts. If glass is positioned within 18" of the finished floor, safety/tempered glass may be required. Local codes may differ. Verify tempered glass requirements with your local building code official. Use structural joining material when necessary or required by code. The light patterns illustrated apply to rectangular removable interior wood grilles, Full Divided Light, Simulated Divided Light, Decorelle 100, 150 and 400 and Finelight™ Grilles- Between-the-Glass. All removable interior wood grilles will be installed in the units unless otherwise specified. For a metric conversion in millimeters, multiply dimensions in inches by 25.4. FORMULA FOR COMBINATION WINDOWS The overall frame dimension (both width and height) is equal to the sum of the individual unit frame dimensions plus joining material dimension(s). The overall rough opening (both width and height) is equal to the overall frame dimensions plus 1/4" on all sides. Cottage & Reverse Cottage Double-Hung Window Sizes R.O.F.S.1' 8 1/2" 1' 8" 2' 0 1/2" 2' 0" 2' 4 1/2" 2' 4" 2' 6 1/2" 2' 6" 2' 8 1/2" 2' 8" 3' 0 1/2" 3' 0" 3' 2 1/2" 3' 2" 3' 4 1/2" 3' 4" 3' 8 1/2" 3' 8"4' 6 1/2"4' 6"5' 0 1/2"5' 0"4' 6 1/2"4' 6"5' 0 1/2"5' 0"5' 1 1/2" 5' 1"5' 1 1/2" 5' 1"5' 6 1/2"5' 6"5' 6 1/2"5' 6"6' 0 1/2"6' 0"6' 0 1/2"6' 0"DHC1846 DHC2046 DHC2446 DHC2646 DHC2846 DHC3046 DHC3446 DHC3846 DHRC1846 DHRC2046 DHRC2446 DHRC2646 DHRC2846 DHRC3046 DHRC3446 DHRC3846 DHC1850 DHC2050 DHC2450 DHC2650 DHC2850 DHC3050 DHC3450 DHC3850 DHRC1850 DHRC2050 DHRC2450 DHRC2650 DHRC2850 DHRC3050 DHRC3450 DHRC3850 DHC1856 DHC2056 DHC2456 DHC2656 DHC2856 DHC3056 DHC3456 DHC3856 DHRC1856 DHRC2056 DHRC2456 DHRC2656 DHRC2856 DHRC3056 DHRC3456 DHRC3856 DHC1860 DHC2060 DHC2460 DHC2660 DHC2860 DHC3060 DHC3460 DHC3860 DHRC1860 DHRC2060 DHRC2460 DHRC2660 DHRC2860 DHRC3060 DHC3246 DHRC3246 DHC3250 DHRC3250 DHC1851 DHC2051 DHC2451 DHC2651 DHC2851 DHC3051 DHC3451 DHC3851 DHRC1851 DHRC2051 DHRC2451 DHRC2651 DHRC2851 DHRC3051 DHRC3451 DHRC3851 DHC3251 DHRC3251 DHC3256 DHRC3256 DHC3260 DHRC3260 DHRC3460 DHRC3860 64 E-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. 65DOUBLE-HUNG WINDOWS Specifications NOTES If glass is positioned within 18" of the finished floor, safety/tempered glass may be required. Local codes may differ. Verify tempered glass requirements with your local building code official. Use structural joining material when necessary or required by code. The light patterns illustrated apply to rectangular removable interior wood grilles, Full Divided Light, Simulated Divided Light, Decorelle 100, 150 and 400 and Finelight™ Grilles- Between-the-Glass. All removable interior wood grilles will be installed in the units unless otherwise specified. For a metric conversion in millimeters, multiply dimensions in inches by 25.4. FORMULA FOR COMBINATION WINDOWS The overall frame dimension (both width and height) is equal to the sum of the individual unit frame dimensions plus joining material dimension(s). The overall rough opening (both width and height) is equal to the overall frame dimensions plus 1/4" on all sides. Double-Hung Picture Window Sizes Double-Hung Transom Window SizesR.O.F.S.3' 0 1/2" 3' 0" 3' 2 1/2" 3' 2" 3' 4 1/2" 3' 4" 4' 0 1/2" 4' 0" 5' 0 1/2" 5' 0"4' 0 1/2"4' 0"4' 6 1/2"4' 6"5' 0 1/2"5' 0"5' 1 1/2" 5' 1"5' 6 1/2"5' 6"6' 0 1/2"6' 0"6' 6 1/2"6' 6"DHP3040 DHP3440 DHP4040 DHP5040 DHP3046 DHP3446 DHP4046 DHP5046 DHP3050 DHP3450 DHP4050 DHP5050 DHP3051 DHP3451 DHP4051 DHP5051 DHP3056 DHP3456 DHP4056 DHP5056 DHP3060 DHP3460 DHP4060 DHP5060 DHP3066 DHP3240 DHP3246 DHP3250 DHP3251 DHP3256 DHP3260 DHP3266 DHP3466 DHP4066 DHP5066 R.O.F.S.1' 8 1/2" 1' 8" 2' 4 1/2" 2' 4" 2' 6 1/2" 2' 6" 3' 4 1/2" 3' 4"1' 2 1/2"1' 2"3' 0 1/2" 3' 0" 2' 0 1/2" 2' 0" 3' 8 1/2" 3' 8"1' 4 1/2" 1' 4" 1' 6 1/2" 1' 6" 2' 8 1/2" 2' 8" 4' 0 1/2" 4' 0" 5' 0 1/2" 5' 0"1' 8 1/2"1' 8"2' 0 1/2"2' 0"DHT1812 DHT2012 DHT2412 DHT2612 DHT2812 DHT3012 DHT3412 DHT3812 DHT4012 DHT5012 DHT1814 DHT2014 DHT2414 DHT2614 DHT2814 DHT3014 DHT3414 DHT3814 DHT4014 DHT5014 DHT1816 DHT2016 DHT2416 DHT2616 DHT2816 DHT3016 DHT3416 DHT3816 DHT4016 DHT5016 DHT1818 DHT2018 DHT2418 DHT2618 DHT2818 DHT3018 DHT3418 DHT3818 DHT4018 DHT1820 DHT2020 DHT2420 DHT2620 DHT2820 DHT3020 3' 2 1/2" 3' 2" DHT3212 DHT3214 DHT3216 DHT3218 DHT3220 DHT3420 DHT3820 DHT4020 DHT5020 DHT5018 DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. NOTES Units may be ordered with sash lifts if desired. Units 3'0" and wider will use two sash lifts. Bottom sash operates up and down and tilts inward for cleaning. Top sash is fixed. If glass is positioned within 18" of the finished floor, safety/tempered glass may be required. Local codes may differ. Verify tempered glass requirements with your local building code official. Use structural joining material when necessary or required by code. The light patterns illustrated apply to rectangular removable interior wood grilles, Full Divided Light, Simulated Divided Light, Decorelle 100, 150 and 400 and Finelight™ Grilles-Between-the-Glass. All removable interior wood grilles will be installed in the units unless otherwise specified. For a metric conversion in millimeters, multiply dimensions in inches by 25.4. FORMULA FOR COMBINATION WINDOWS The overall frame dimension (both width and height) is equal to the sum of the individual unit frame dimensions plus joining material dimension(s). The overall rough opening (both width and height) is equal to the overall frame dimensions plus 1/4" on all sides. Arch Single-Hung Window Sizes R.O.F.S.3'-0" RAD 6'-0" RAD 3'-0" RAD 6'-0" RAD 3'-0" RAD 6'-0" RAD RSHG2030 RSHG2030-2 RSHG2430 RSHG2430-2 RSHG2630 RSHG2630-2 RSHG2634-2RSHG2634RSHG2434-2 RSHG2434 RSHG2034-2 RSHG2034 RSHG2040 RSHG2040-2 RSHG2440 RSHG2440-2 RSHG2640 RSHG2640-2 RSHG2646-2RSHG2646RSHG2446-2 RSHG2446 RSHG2046-2 RSHG2046 RSHG2050 RSHG2050-2 RSHG2450 RSHG2450-2 RSHG2650 RSHG2650-2 RSHG2656-2RSHG2656 RSHG2456-2 RSHG2456 RSHG2056-2 RSHG2056 RSHG2060 RSHG2060-2 RSHG2460 RSHG2460-2 RSHG2660 RSHG2660-2 2'-0 1/2" 2'-0" 4'-0 1/2" 4'-0" 2'-4 1/2" 2'-4" 4'-8 1/2" 4'-8" 2'-6 1/2" 2'-6" 5'-0 1/2" 5'-0"3'-0 1/2"3'-0"3'-4 1/2"3'-4"4'-0 1 /2"4'-0"4'-6 1/2"4'-6"5'-0 1/2"5'-0"5'-6 1/2"5'-6"5'-1 1/2" 5'-1"6'-0 1/2"6'-0"RSHG2051 RSHG2051-2 RSHG2451 RSHG2451-2 RSHG2651 RSHG2651-2 66E-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. 67DOUBLE-HUNG WINDOWS Specifications Arch Single-Hung Window Sizes R.O.F.S.3'-0 1/2"3'-0"3'-4 1/2"3'-4"4'-0 1 /2"4'-0"4'-6 1/2"4'-6"5'-0 1/2"5'-0"5'-6 1/2"5'-6"5'-1 1/2" 5'-1"6'-0 1/2"6'-0"3'-0" RAD 6'-0" RAD 3'-0" RAD 6'-0" RAD RSHG2830 RSHG2830-2 RSHG3030 RSHG2834 RSHG2834-2 RSHG3034 RSHG2840 RSHG2840-2 RSHG3040 RSHG2846 RSHG2846-2 RSHG3046 RSHG2850 RSHG2850-2 RSHG3050 RSHG2856 RSHG2856-2 RSHG3056 RSHG3056-2 RSHG2860 RSHG2860-2 RSHG3060 RSHG3230 RSHG3234 RSHG3240 RSHG3246 RSHG3250 RSHG3256 RSHG3260 RSHG3060-2 RSHG3240-2 RSHG3246-2 RSHG3250-2 RSHG3256 RSHG3260-2 2'-8 1 /2" 2'-8" 5'-4 1 /2" 5'-4" 3'-0 1 /2" 3'-0" 6'-0 1 /2" 6'-0" 3'-0" RAD 3'-2 1 /2" 3'-2" 6'-0" RAD 6'-4 1/2" 6'-4" RSHG3030-2 RSHG3034-2 RSHG3040-2 RSHG3046-2 RSHG3050-2 RSHG2851 RSHG2851-2 RSHG3051 RSHG3251 RSHG3251-2RSHG3051-2 NOTES Units may be ordered with sash lifts if desired. Units 3'0" and wider will use two sash lifts. Bottom sash operates up and down and tilts inward for cleaning. Top sash is fixed. If glass is positioned within 18" of the finished floor, safety/tempered glass may be required. Local codes may differ. Verify tempered glass requirements with your local building code official. Use structural joining material when necessary or required by code. The light patterns illustrated apply to rectangular removable interior wood grilles, Full Divided Light, Simulated Divided Light, Decorelle 100, 150 and 400 and Finelight™ Grilles-Between-the-Glass. All removable interior wood grilles will be installed in the units unless otherwise specified. For a metric conversion in millimeters, multiply dimensions in inches by 25.4. FORMULA FOR COMBINATION WINDOWS The overall frame dimension (both width and height) is equal to the sum of the individual unit frame dimensions plus joining material dimension(s). The overall rough opening (both width and height) is equal to the overall frame dimensions plus 1/4" on all sides. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. Arch Reverse Cottage Single-Hung Window Sizes R.O.F.S.3'-0" RAD 6'-0" RAD 3'-0" RAD 6'-0" RAD 3'-0" RAD RSHRC2046 RSHRC2046-2 RSHRC2446 RSHRC2446-2 RSHRC2646 RSHRC2050 RSHRC2050-2 RSHRC2450 RSHRC2450-2 RSHRC2650 RSHRC2056 RSHRC2056-2 RSHRC2456 RSHRC2456-2 RSHRC2656 RSHRC2660RSHRC2460-2 RSHRC2460 RSHRC2060-2 RSHRC2060 6'-0" RAD RSHRC2646-2 RSHRC2650-2 RSHRC2051 RSHRC2051-2 RSHRC2451 RSHRC2451-2 RSHRC2651 RSHRC2651-2 RSHRC2656-2 RSHRC2660-2 2'-0 1/2" 2'-0" 4'-0 1/2" 4'-0" 2'-4 1/2" 2'-4" 4'-8 1/2" 4'-8" 2'-6 1/2" 2'-6" 5'-0 1/2" 5'-0"4'-6 1/2"4'-6"5'-0 1/2"5'-0"5'-1 1 /2 "5'-1"5'-6 1/2"5'-6"6'-0 1/2"6'-0"NOTES Units may be ordered with sash lifts if desired. Units 3'0" and wider will use two sash lifts. Bottom sash operates up and down and tilts inward for cleaning. Top sash is fixed. If glass is positioned within 18" of the finished floor, safety/tempered glass may be required. Local codes may differ. Verify tempered glass requirements with your local building code official. Use structural joining material when necessary or required by code. The light patterns illustrated apply to rectangular removable interior wood grilles, Full Divided Light, Simulated Divided Light, Decorelle 100, 150 and 400 and Finelight™ Grilles-Between-the-Glass. All removable interior wood grilles will be installed in the units unless otherwise specified. For a metric conversion in millimeters, multiply dimensions in inches by 25.4. FORMULA FOR COMBINATION WINDOWS The overall frame dimension (both width and height) is equal to the sum of the individual unit frame dimensions plus joining material dimension(s). The overall rough opening (both width and height) is equal to the overall frame dimensions plus 1/4" on all sides. 68E-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE.Specifications DOUBLE-HUNG WINDOWS 69 Arch Reverse Cottage Single-Hung Window Sizes Double-Hung Direct-Set Transom Window Sizes R.O.F.S.1' 8 1/2" 1' 8"1' 2 1/2"1' 2"2' 0 1/2" 2' 0" 2' 4 1/2" 2' 4" 2' 6 1/2" 2' 6" 2' 8 1/2" 2' 8" 3' 0 1/2" 3' 0" 3' 2 1/2" 3' 2" 3' 4 1/2" 3' 4" 3' 8 1/2" 3' 8" 4' 0 1/2" 4' 0" 5' 0 1/2" 5' 0"1' 4 1/2" 1' 4" 1' 6 1/2"1' 6"1' 8 1/2"1' 8"2' 0 1/2"2' 0"DAT1814 DAT2014 DAT2414 DAT2614 DAT2814 DAT3014 DAT3414 DAT3814 DAT4014 DAT5014 DAT1816 DAT2016 DAT2416 DAT2616 DAT2816 DAT3016 DAT3416 DAT3816 DAT4016 DAT5016 DAT1818 DAT2018 DAT2418 DAT2618 DAT2818 DAT3018 DAT3418 DAT3818 DAT4018 DAT5018 DAT1820 DAT2020 DAT2420 DAT2620 DAT2820 DAT3020 DAT3420 DAT3820 DAT4020 DAT5020 DAT1812 DAT2012 DAT2412 DAT2612 DAT2812 DAT3012 DAT3214 DAT3216 DAT3218 DAT3220 DAT3212 DAT3412 DAT3812 DAT4012 DAT5012R.O.F.S.4'-6 1/2"4'-6"5'-0 1/2"5'-0"5'-1 1/2" 5'-1"5'-6 1/2"5'-6"6'-0 1/2"6'-0"3'-0" RAD 6'-0" RAD 3'-0" RAD 6'-0" RAD RSHRC2846 RSHRC2846-2 RSHRC3046 RSHRC3046-2 RSHRC2850 RSHRC2850-2 RSHRC3050 RSHRC3050-2 RSHRC2851 RSHRC2851-2 RSHRC3051 RSHRC3051-2 RSHRC2856 RSHRC2856-2 RSHRC3056 RSHRC3056-2 RSHRC2860 RSHRC2860-2 RSHRC3060 RSHRC3060-2 3'-0" RAD 6'-0" RAD RSHRC3246 RSHRC3246-2 RSHRC3250 RSHRC3250-2 RSHRC3251 RSHRC3251-2 RSHRC3256 RSHRC3256-2 RSHRC3260 RSHRC3260-2 2'-8 1/2" 2'-8" 5'-4 1/2" 5'-4" 3'-0 1/2" 3'-0" 6'-0 1/2" 6'-0" 3'-2 1/2" 3'-2" 6'-4 1/2" 6'-4" NOTES Units may be ordered with sash lifts if desired. Units 3'0" and wider will use two sash lifts. Bottom sash operates up and down and tilts inward for cleaning. Top sash is fixed. If glass is positioned within 18" of the finished floor, safety/tempered glass may be required. Local codes may differ. Verify tempered glass requirements with your local building code official. Use structural joining material when necessary or required by code. The light patterns illustrated apply to rectangular removable interior wood grilles, Full Divided Light, Simulated Divided Light, Decorelle 100, 150 and 400 and Finelight™ Grilles-Between-the- Glass. All removable interior wood grilles will be installed in the units unless otherwise specified. For a metric conversion in millimeters, multiply dimensions in inches by 25.4. FORMULA FOR COMBINATION WINDOWS The overall frame dimension (both width and height) is equal to the sum of the individual unit frame dimensions plus joining material dimension(s). The overall rough opening (both width and height) is equal to the overall frame dimensions plus 1/4" on all sides. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. Monumental Single-Hung Window Sizes R.O.F.S.1' 8 1/2" 1' 8" 2' 0 1/2" 2' 0" 2' 4 1/2" 2' 4" 2' 6 1/2" 2' 6"8 ' 0 1/2"8' 0"8' 6 1/2"8' 6"9' 0 1/2"9' 0"2' 8 1/2" 2' 8" MSH1880 MSH1886 MSH2080 MSH2086 MSH2480 MSH2486 MSH2680 MSH2686 MSH2880 MSH2886 MSH1890 MSH2090 MSH2490 MSH2690 MSH2890 3' 0 1/2" 3' 0" 3' 2 1/2" 3' 2" 3' 4 1/2" 3' 4" 3' 8 1/2" 3' 8" MSH3080 MSH3480 MSH3880 MSH4080 MSH3086 MSH3486 MSH3886 MSH4086 MSH3090 MSH3490 MSH3890 MSH4090 4' 0 1/2" 4' 0" MSH1896 MSH2096 MSH2496 MSH2696 MSH2896 9' 6 1/2"9' 6"10' 0 1/2"10' 0"MSH18100 MSH20100 MSH24100 MSH26100 MSH28100 MSH3096 MSH3496 MSH3896 MSH4096 MSH30100 MSH3280 MSH3286 MSH3290 MSH3296 MSH32100 MSH34100 MSH38100 MSH40100 NOTES † These units meet or exceed the following dimensions: Clear Opening Area 5.7 sq. ft., Clear Opening Width 20", Clear Opening Height 24" and 44" maximum floor to sill height (with standard 6'10-1/2" structural header height). See your local code official for requirements in your area. Units may be ordered with sash lifts if desired. Units 3'0" and wider will use two sash lifts. Bottom sash operates up and down, but does not tilt. Top sash is fixed. Units equal to or greater than 8'0" tall are limited to 24" of clear opening height. Sash Ratio: Standard units are equal light sash. However, Cottage and Reverse Cottage are available as an option with some limitations. Contact your local dealer for more information. See notes on page 71 for more information. 70E-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. 71DOUBLE-HUNG WINDOWS Specifications R.O.F.S.4' 6 1/2" 4' 6" 5' 0 1/2" 5' 0" MSH4680 MSH5080 MSH4686 MSH5086 MSH4690 MSH5090 MSH4696 8' 0 1/2"8' 0"8' 6 1/2"8' 6"9' 0 1/2"9' 0"9' 6 1/2"9' 6"R.O.F.S.3' 4 1/2" 3' 4" 3' 8 1/2" 3' 8" 4' 0 1/2" 4' 0" 4' 6 1/2" 4' 6"5' 6 1/2"5' 6"6' 0 1/2"6' 0"5' 0 1/2" 5' 0" MSH3870 MSH4070 MSH4670 MSH5070 MSH3476 MSH3876 MSH4076 MSH4676 MSH5076 MSH4066 MSH4666 MSH4660 MSH5056 MSH5066 MSH5060 6 ' 6 1/2"6' 6"7' 0 1/2"7' 0"7' 6 1/2"7' 6"NOTES † These units meet or exceed the following dimensions: Clear Opening Area 5.7 sq. ft., Clear Opening Width 20", Clear Opening Height 24" and 44" maximum floor to sill height (with standard 6'10-1/2" structural header height). See your local code official for requirements in your area. Units may be ordered with sash lifts if desired. Units 3'0" and wider will use two sash lifts. Bottom sash operates up and down, but does not tilt. Top sash is fixed. Units equal to or greater than 8'0" tall are limited to 24" of clear opening height. Sash Ratio: Standard units are equal light sash. However, Cottage and Reverse Cottage are available as an option with some limitations. Contact your local dealer for more information. If glass is positioned within 18" of the finished floor, safety/tempered glass may be required. Local codes may differ. Verify tempered glass requirements with your local building code official. Use structural joining material when necessary or required by code. The light patterns illustrated apply to rectangular removable interior wood grilles, Full Divided Light, Simulated Divided Light, Decorelle 100, 150 and 400 and Finelight™ Grilles-Between-the-Glass. All removable interior wood grilles will be installed in the units unless otherwise specified. For a metric conversion in millimeters, multiply dimensions in inches by 25.4. FORMULA FOR COMBINATION WINDOWS The overall frame dimension (both width and height) is equal to the sum of the individual unit frame dimensions plus joining material dimension(s). The overall rough opening (both width and height) is equal to the overall frame dimensions plus 1/4" on all sides. Monumental Single-Hung Window Sizes DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. Double-Hung Windows Vertical Section Vertical Section Double-Hung Double-Hung Picture Horizontal Section Horizontal Section PROPER INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF E-SERIES PRODUCTS IS ESSENTIAL TO ATTAIN OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE AND OPERATION. WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS THAT PROVIDE GUIDELINES FOR PROPER INSTALLATION ARE AVAILABLE BY VISITING ANDERSENWINDOWS.COM Shown with ovolo (colonial) glass stops. 72E-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 73DOUBLE-HUNG WINDOWS Specifications ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. Double-Hung Windows Vertical Section Vertical Section Monumental Single-HungDouble-Hung Transom Horizontal Section Horizontal Section PROPER INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF E-SERIES PRODUCTS IS ESSENTIAL TO ATTAIN OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE AND OPERATION. WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS THAT PROVIDE GUIDELINES FOR PROPER INSTALLATION ARE AVAILABLE BY VISITING ANDERSENWINDOWS.COM Shown with ovolo (colonial) glass stops. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. Horizontal Section Vertical Section (For sill angles 8° and greater) Vertical Section (For sill angles less than 8°) Double-Hung Insert Windows PROPER INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF E-SERIES PRODUCTS IS ESSENTIAL TO ATTAIN OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE AND OPERATION. WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS THAT PROVIDE GUIDELINES FOR PROPER INSTALLATION ARE AVAILABLE BY VISITING ANDERSENWINDOWS.COM Shown with ovolo (colonial) glass stops. 74E-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. 75DOUBLE-HUNG WINDOWS Specifications 3 1/4 4 13/16 1/2 5 1/16 4 15/32 4 13/16 FRAME HEIGHTDLO 3 5/324 15/32 1/2 19/32 2 5/321 7/32 3 23/32 1 11/32 1 3/811/16 2 3/81 7/8FRAME HEIGHT3 1/4 4 13/16 1/2 5 1/16 4 15/32 4 13/16 DLO 3 5/324 15/32 1/2 19/32 2 5/321 3/81 7/32 2 3/83 23/32 1 11/32 11/16 1 7/83 1/4 4 15/32 DLO 3 17/32 FRAME WIDTH 3 17/32 1 9/16 23/32 1 7/321/2 19/32 2 5/32 Horizontal Section Vertical Section (For sill angles 8° and greater) Vertical Section (For sill angles less than 8°) Double-Hung Picture Insert Windows PROPER INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF E-SERIES PRODUCTS IS ESSENTIAL TO ATTAIN OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE AND OPERATION. WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS THAT PROVIDE GUIDELINES FOR PROPER INSTALLATION ARE AVAILABLE BY VISITING ANDERSENWINDOWS.COM Shown with ovolo (colonial) glass stops. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. Double-Hung Sash Replacement Kits Vertical Section Double-Hung Picture Sash Replacement Horizontal Section Vertical Section Double-Hung Sash Replacement Horizontal Section PROPER INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF E-SERIES PRODUCTS IS ESSENTIAL TO ATTAIN OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE AND OPERATION. WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS THAT PROVIDE GUIDELINES FOR PROPER INSTALLATION ARE AVAILABLE BY VISITING ANDERSENWINDOWS.COM Shown with ovolo (colonial) glass stops. 76E-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 77DOUBLE-HUNG WINDOWS Specifications Notes DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM CLEAR ANODIZED EXTERIOR BOW CONFIGURATION 78E-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM Bay & Bow Windows A welcoming addition, E-Series bay and bow windows feature head and seat boards in your wood selection, and provide a focal point that is architecturally consistent inside and out. Consistent sight line when integrated with E-Series double-hung or casement windows All inclusive accessory metals package for bay or bow “kit” Creates spacious feel to any room 79BAY & BOW WINDOWS Overview DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM Cable Support System Frame & Sash 1 Select wood components are kiln dried, and treated with water/insect repellent and preservative. Interior wood surfaces are available in pine, mixed grain douglas fir, cherry, hickory, mahogany,* maple, oak, walnut, alder or vertical grain douglas fir. Interior surfaces are available unfinished or factory primed. Optional factory-applied finishes are available in a variety of stain and paint options. Wood components are fitted with aluminum extrusions on the exterior. 50 exterior colors that meet AAMA 2604 and 2605 specifications are available, as well as custom colors. Also available is a selection of seven exterior anodized options. Glazing 2 High-Performance Low-E4® glass with a low-conductivity spacer. Triple-pane glass, tinted, clear dual-pane, high-altitude glass and other special glazing options are available. Glass is fixed in place from the interior with wood stops that can be removed for easy reglazing if necessary. Glass stops are available in ovolo (colonial) and contemporary profiles. Weatherstrip Compression bulb weatherstrip is applied for a maximum weather seal. Head & Seat Boards 3 Wood head and seat boards are available in birch or oak. Hardware 4 See casement or double-hung sections for detailed hardware options. Window Anchorage Support is required underneath all bay and bow units. We offer a cable support system for your use. Insulated platforms and brackets are not included. 5 Insect Screens Charcoal fiberglass screen mesh fits into an aluminum frame. Aluminum screen mesh is available as an option. See casement or double-hung sections for additional insect screen options. Bay & Bow Windows 1 3 2 SHOWN WITH CASEMENTS SHOWN WITH DOUBLE-HUNGS 80E-Series Windows & Doors*The mahogany name is representative of non-endangered African mahoganies. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM BRONZE POLISHED BRASS GOLD WHITE BLACK ANTIQUE BRASS PEWTER OIL RUBBED BRONZE SATIN CHROME BRIGHT CHROME 7⁄8" SDL 7⁄8" REMOVABLE 1 1⁄8" FDL 1" CONTOURED5⁄8" FLAT 7⁄8" FDL 5⁄ 8" FDL 11⁄2" FDL BRONZE POLISHED BRASS GOLD WHITE BLACK ANTIQUE BRASS PEWTER OIL RUBBED BRONZE SATIN CHROME BRIGHT CHROME 81BAY & BOW WINDOWS Features & Options Double-Hung Sash Locks 6 Grilles Full Divided Light. Permanent interior and exterior grilles with grille spacer bars between two panes of glass. Available in 5⁄ 8", 7 ⁄8", 1 1 ⁄8", 1 1 ⁄2" or 2 1⁄4" widths and ovolo (colonial) or contemporary profiles. Simulated Divided Light. Permanent exterior and interior grilles without grille spacer bars. Available in 5⁄8", 7⁄8", 11⁄8", 11⁄2" or 21⁄4" widths and ovolo or contemporary profiles. Finelight™ Grilles-Between-the-Glass. Available in 5⁄8" flat or 1" contoured aluminum profiles. Two-tone colors of colony white/pebble tan, colony white/ sierra bronze or colony white/forest green are available on the 1" profile. Removable interior wood grilles. Removable interior wood grilles are available in a 7⁄8" width and ovolo or contemporary profiles. Optional surround for removable grille and permanent exterior grilles also available. Privacy Options System 3 Blinds (Casement only). A 5⁄8" aluminum slat blind is mounted to an extruded aluminum blind panel and applied to the window, creating a triple-glazed window boasting privacy and energy-efficiency. Available in four colors. Blind panels are offered in white, tan, gold or an optional wood veneer to match your interior. System 3 Shades (Casement only). Pleated fabric shades are available in four colors to effortlessly and beautifully filter the light. See page 27 for more details. Casement Operator Handles & Covers Casement Sash Locks Grilles Features & Options 4 6 Double-Hung Sash Lifts POLISHED BRASS GOLD WHITE BLACK PEWTER OIL RUBBED BRONZE SATIN CHROME BRIGHT CHROME ANTIQUE BRASS BRONZE Insect Screens 5 Printing limitations prevent exact finish replication. Please see your local dealer for actual samples. BRONZE POLISHED BRASS GOLD WHITE BLACK ANTIQUE BRASS PEWTER SATIN CHROME BRIGHT CHROME OIL RUBBED BRONZE *NOTE: Grille options also available in 2 1/4" width and in contemporary profile. FDL = Full Divided Light* SDL = Simulated Divided Light* Removable = Removable interior wood grilles Flat = Finelight™ grilles-between- the-glass Contoured = Finelight grilles- between-the-glass See page 24 for more information on our grille options. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. WIDTH HEIGHT Rough Opg. 4'-6 3/16" 5'-11 5/8" 7'-4 9/16" 8'-8 3/4" 3'-0 1/2" 15 3/4 30-3 15 3/4 30-4 15 3/4 30-5 15 3/4 30-6 3'-4 1/2" 15 3/4 34-3 15 3/4 34-4 15 3/4 34-5 15 3/4 34-6 4'-0 1/2" 15 3/4 40-3 15 3/4 40-4 15 3/4 40-5 15 3/4 40-6 4'-6 1/2" 15 3/4 46-3 15 3/4 46-4 15 3/4 46-5 15 3/4 46-6 5'-0 1/2" 15 3/4 50-3 15 3/4 50-4 15 3/4 50-5 15 3/4 50-6 5'-6 1/2" 15 3/4 56-3 15 3/4 56-4 15 3/4 56-5 15 3/4 56-6 6'-0 1/2" 15 3/4 60-3 15 3/4 60-4 15 3/4 60-5 15 3/4 60-6 Projection 0'-3 5/32" 0'-6 1/4" 0'-9 11/32" 1'-1 15/16" Rough Opg. 5'-0 7/8" 6'-8 1/2" 8'-3 7/16" 9'-9 11/16" 3'-0 1/2" 1830-3 1830-4 1830-5 1830-6 3'-4 1/2" 1834-3 1834-4 1834-5 1834-6 4'-0 1/2" 1840-3 1840-4 1840-5 1840-6 4'-6 1/2" 1846-3 1846-4 1846-5 1846-6 5'-0 1/2" 1850-3 1850-4 1850-5 1850-6 5'-6 1/2" 1856-3 1856-4 1856-5 1856-6 6'-0 1/2" 1860-3 1860-4 1860-5 1860-6 Projection 0'-3 9/16" 0'-7 1/32" 0'-10 1/2" 1'-3 21/32" Rough Opg. 6'-0 3/4" 8'-0 3/16" 9'-10 7/8" 11'-8 5/8" 3'-0 1/2" 2030-3 2030-4 2030-5 2030-6 3'-4 1/2" 2034-3 2034-4 2034-5 2034-6 4'-0 1/2" 2040-3 2040-4 2040-5 2040-6 4'-6 1/2" 2046-3 2046-4 2046-5 2046-6 5'-0 1/2" 2050-3 2050-4 2050-5 2050-6 5'-6 1/2" 2056-3 2056-4 2056-5 2056-6 6'-0 1/2" 2060-3 2060-4 2060-5 2060-6 Projection 0'-4 1/4" 0'-8 13/32" 1'-0 9/16" 1'-6 3/4" Rough Opg. 7'-0 5/8" 9'-3 7/8" 11'-6 1/4" 3'-0 1/2" 2430-3 2430-4 2430-5 ----- 3'-4 1/2" 2434-3 2434-4 2434-5 ----- 4'-0 1/2" 2440-3 2440-4 2440-5 ----- 4'-6 1/2" 2446-3 2446-4 2446-5 ----- 5'-0 1/2" 2450-3 2450-4 2450-5 ----- 5'-6 1/2" 2456-3 2456-4 2456-5 ----- 6'-0 1/2" 2460-3 2460-4 2460-5 ----- Projection 0'-4 15/16" 0'-9 13/16" 1'-2 5/8" ----- Rough Opg. 7'-6 9/16" 9'-11 11/16" 12'-3 15/16" 3'-0 1/2" 2630-3 2630-4 2630-5 ----- 3'-4 1/2" 2634-3 2634-4 2634-5 ----- 4'-0 1/2" 2640-3 2640-4 2640-5 ----- 4'-6 1/2" 2646-3 2646-4 2646-5 ----- 5'-0 1/2" 2650-3 2650-4 2650-5 ----- 5'-6 1/2" 2656-3 2656-4 2656-5 ----- 6'-0 1/2" 2660-3 2660-4 2660-5 ----- Projection 0'-5 5/16" 0'-10 1/2" 1'-3 21/32" ----- 3-WIDE 4-WIDE 5-WIDE 6-WIDE NOTES Projection is measured from the outside of the exterior sheathing to the exterior sheathing line of the outermost unit. Support is required underneath all bay and bow units. For additional support, we offer a cable support system. Insulated platforms and brackets are not included. 10˚ Casement Bow Window Sizes 82E-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 83BAY & BOW WINDOWS Specifications ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. WIDTH HEIGHT30 Degree Casement Angle Bay Units Rough Opg. 6'-5 11/16" 7'-1 11/16" 8'-1 11/16" 7'-0 5/8" 7'-8 5/8" 8'-8 5/8" 1'-8" Wide Flanker Units 2'-0" Wide Flanker Units 3'-4" Center 4'-0" Center 5'-0" Center 3'-4" Center 4'-0" Center 5'-0" Center 4'-0 1/2" 1840/3440/1840 1840/4040/1840 1840/5040/1840 2040/3440/2040 2040/4040/2040 2040/5040/2040 4'-6 1/2" 1846/3446/1846 1846/4046/1846 1846/5046/1846 2046/3446/2046 2046/4046/2046 2046/5046/2046 5'-0 1/2"1850/3450/1850 1850/4050/1850 1850/5050/1850 2050/3450/2050 2050/4050/2050 2050/5050/2050 5'-6 1/2" 1856/3456/1856 1856/4056/1856 1856/5056/1856 2056/3456/2056 2056/4056/2056 2056/5056/2056 6'-0 1/2" 1860/3460/1860 1860/4060/1860 1860/5060/1860 2060/3460/2060 2060/4060/2060 2060/5060/2060 Projection 0'-10 17/32" 0'-10 17/32" 0'-10 17/32" 1'-0 17/32" 1'-0 17/32" 1'-0 17/32" Rough Opg. 7'-7 9/16" 8'-3 9/16" 9'-3 9/16" 7'-11" 8'-7" 9'-7" 2'-4" Wide Flanker Units 2'-6" Wide Flanker Units 3'-4" Center 4'-0" Center 5'-0" Center 3'-4" Center 4'-0" Center 5'-0" Center 4'-0 1/2" 2440/3440/2440 2440/4040/2440 2440/5040/2440 2640/3440/2640 2640/4040/2640 2640/5040/2640 4'-6 1/2" 2446/3446/2446 2446/4046/2446 2446/5046/2446 2646/3446/2646 2646/4046/2646 2646/5046/2646 5'-0 1/2" 2450/3450/2450 2450/4050/2450 2450/5050/2450 2650/3450/2650 2650/4050/2650 2650/5050/2650 5'-6 1/2" 2456/3456/2456 2456/4056/2456 2456/5056/2456 2656/3456/2656 2656/4056/2656 2656/5056/2656 6'-0 1/2" 2460/3460/2460 2460/4060/2460 2460/5060/2460 2660/3460/2660 2660/4060/2660 2660/5060/2660 Projection 1'-2 17/32" 1'-2 17/32" 1'-2 17/32" 1'-3 17/32" 1'-3 17/32" 1'-3 17/32" WIDTH 45 Degree Casement Angle Bay Units Rough Opg. 6'-0 3/4" 6'-8 3/4" 7'-8 3/4" 6'-6 3/8" 7'-2 3/8" 8'-2 3/8" 1'-8" Wide Flanker Units 2'-0" Wide Flanker Units 3'-4" Center 4'-0" Center 5'-0" Center 3'-4" Center 4'-0" Center 5'-0" Center 4'-0 1/2" 1840/3440/1840 1840/4040/1840 1840/5040/1840 2040/3440/2040 2040/4040/2040 2040/5040/2040 4'-6 1/2" 1846/3446/1846 1846/4046/1846 1846/5046/1846 2046/3446/2046 2046/4046/2046 2046/5046/2046 5'-0 1/2" 1850/3450/1850 1850/4050/1850 1850/5050/1850 2050/3450/2050 2050/4050/2050 2050/5050/2050 5'-6 1/2" 1856/3456/1856 1856/4056/1856 1856/5056/1856 2056/3456/2056 2056/4056/2056 2056/5056/2056 6'-0 1/2" 1860/3460/1860 1860/4060/1860 1860/5060/1860 2060/3460/2060 2060/4060/2060 2060/5060/2060 Projection 1'-3 5/32" 1'-3 5/32" 1'-3 5/32" 1'-6" 1'-6" 1'-6" Rough Opg. 7'-0" 7'-8" 8'-8" 7'-2 7/8" 7'-10 7/8" 8'-10 7/8" 2'-4" Wide Flanker Units 2'-6" Wide Flanker Units 3'-4" Center 4'-0" Center 5'-0" Center 3'-4" Center 4'-0" Center 5'-0" Center 4'-0 1/2" 2440/3440/2440 2440/4040/2440 2440/5040/2440 2640/3440/2640 2640/4040/2640 2640/5040/2640 4'-6 1/2" 2446/3446/2446 2446/4046/2446 2446/5046/2446 2646/3446/2646 2646/4046/2646 2646/5046/2646 5'-0 1/2" 2450/3450/2450 2450/4050/2450 2450/5050/2450 2650/3450/2650 2650/4050/2650 2650/5050/2650 5'-6 1/2" 2456/3456/2456 2456/4056/2456 2456/5056/2456 2656/3456/2656 2656/4056/2656 2656/5056/2656 6'-0 1/2" 2460/3460/2460 2460/4060/2460 2460/5060/2460 2660/3460/2660 2660/4060/2660 2660/5060/2660 Projection 1'-8 13/16" 1'-8 13/16" 1'-8 13/16" 1'-10 7/32" 1'-10 7/32" 1'-10 7/32"HEIGHT 30˚ Casement Angle Bay Window Sizes 45˚ Casement Angle Bay Window Sizes NOTES Projection is measured from the outside of the exterior sheathing to the exterior sheathing line of the outermost unit. Support is required underneath all bay and bow units. For additional support, we offer a cable support system. Insulated platforms and brackets are not included. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. WIDTH Rough Openings 3'-0" 4'-5 3/4" 4'-0 1/2" 5'-0 1/2" 15 3/4-2 Center 15 3/4 -3 Center 4'-0" Center 5'-0" Center 3'-0 1/2" 15 3/4 30-2 15 3/4 30-3 4030 5030 4'-0 1/2" 15 3/4 40-2 15 3/4 40-3 4040 5040 5'-0 1/2" 15 3/4 50-2 15 3/4 50-3 4050 5050 Projection 1'-10 7/8" 1'-10 7/8" 1'-10 7/8" 1'-10 7/8" 1'-5 3/4" wide operating casement flankers are standard on all box bay units.HEIGHTNOTES Projection is measured from the outside of the exterior sheathing to the exterior sheathing line of the outermost unit. Support is required underneath all bay and bow units. For additional support, we offer a cable support system. Insulated platforms and brackets are not included. 90˚ Casement Box Bay Window Sizes 84 E-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 85BAY & BOW WINDOWS Specifications ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. Horizontal Section Horizontal Section Horizontal Section Horizontal Section 3-Wide 10˚ Casement Bow Windows 4-Wide 10˚ Casement Bow Windows 5-Wide 10˚ Casement Bow Windows 6-Wide 10˚ Casement Bow Windows 30˚ Casement Angle Bay Windows PROPER INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF E-SERIES PRODUCTS IS ESSENTIAL TO ATTAIN OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE AND OPERATION. WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS THAT PROVIDE GUIDELINES FOR PROPER INSTALLATION ARE AVAILABLE BY VISITING ANDERSENWINDOWS.COM Horizontal Section Shown with ovolo (colonial) glass stops. 4 9/16" ROUGH OPENING EXTERIOR MULL COVER INSTALLATION FLANGE UNITWIDTH 10° 80° 4 9/16" ROUGH OPENING EXTERIOR MULL COVER INSTALLATION FLANGE UNIT WIDTH 10° 75° 4 9/16" ROUGH OPENING EXTERIOR MULL COVER INSTALLATION FLANGE UNIT WIDTH 10° 70° 4 9/16" ROUGH OPENING EXTERIOR MULL COVER INSTALLATION FLANGE UNITWIDTH 10° 65° EXTENSION JAMB INTERIOR MULL CASING4 9/16"UNIT WIDTH UNIT WIDT H EXTERIOR MULL COVER ANGLE BAY ENCLOSURE 30O DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. Horizontal Section Vertical Section Horizontal Section 45˚ Casement Angle Bay Windows Casement Bay/Bow Windows 90˚ Casement Box Bay Windows PROPER INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF E-SERIES PRODUCTS IS ESSENTIAL TO ATTAIN OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE AND OPERATION. WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS THAT PROVIDE GUIDELINES FOR PROPER INSTALLATION ARE AVAILABLE BY VISITING ANDERSENWINDOWS.COM Shown with ovolo (colonial) glass stops. 86E-Series Windows & Doors45O EXTENSION JAMB INTERIOR MULL CASING EXTERIOR MULL COVER ANGLE BAY ENCLOSURE4 9/16"UNIT WIDTHUNIT WIDTH TRIM EXTENDERUNIT HEIGHTROUGH OPENINGPROJECTION 4 9/16" SUPPORT BY OTHERS TRIM EXTENDER BAY WINDOW WIDTH UNIT WIDTH TRIM BY OTHERS BOX BAY CORNER POST INTERIOR MULL CASING 2" X 2" BLOCK 2 1/4" TRIM EXTENDER 1" X 2" BLOCK FRAME WIDTHROUGH OPENING UNIT WIDTHPROJECTION4 9/16"DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 87BAY & BOW WINDOWS Specifications ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. NOTES Projection is measured from the outside of the exterior sheathing to the exterior sheathing line of the outermost unit. Support is required underneath all bay and bow units. For additional support, we offer a cable support system. Insulated platforms and brackets are not included. 30˚ Double-Hung Angle Bay Window Sizes WIDTH 30 Degree Double-Hung Angle Bay Units Rough Opg. 6'-3 11/16" 6'-7 11/16" 7'-3 11/16" 8'-3 11/16" 1'-8" Wide Flanker Units 3'-0" Center 3'-4" Center 4'-0" Center 5'-0" Center 4'-0 1/2" 1840/3040/1840 1840/3440/1840 1840/4040/1840 1840/5040/1840 4'-6 1/2" 1846/3046/1846 1846/3446/1846 1846/4046/1846 1846/5046/1846 4'-9 1/2" 1849/3049/1849 1849/3449/1849 1849/4049/1849 1849/5049/1849 5'-1 1/2" 5'-0 1/2" 1850/3050/1850 1850/3450/1850 1850/4050/1850 1850/5050/1850 5'-6 1/2" 1856/3056/1856 1856/3456/1856 1856/4056/1856 1856/5056/1856 6'-0 1/2" 1860/3060/1860 1860/3460/1860 1860/4060/1860 1860/5060/1860 Projection 0'-10 3/4" 3'-2" Center 3'-2" Center 3'-2" Center 1840/3240/1840 1846/3246/1846 1849/3249/1849 1850/3250/1850 1851/3051/1851 1851/3451/1851 1851/4051/1851 1851/5051/1851 1851/3251/1851 1856/3256/1856 1860/3260/1860 0'-10 3/4" 0'-10 3/4" 0'-10 3/4" 0'-10 3/4" Rough Opg. 6'-10 5/8" 7'-2 5/8" 7'-10 5/8" 8'-10 5/8" 2'-0" Wide Flanker Units 3'-0" Center 3'-4" Center 4'-0" Center 5'-0" Center 4'-0 1/2" 2040/3040/2040 2040/3440/2040 2040/4040/2040 2040/5040/2040 4'-6 1/2" 2046/3046/2046 2046/3446/2046 2046/4046/2046 2046/5046/2046 4'-9 1/2" 2049/3049/2049 2049/3449/2049 2049/4049/2049 2049/5049/2049 5'-0 1/2" 2050/3050/2050 2050/3450/2050 2050/4050/2050 2050/5050/2050 5'-1 1/2" 2051/3051/2051 2051/3451/2051 2051/4051/2051 2051/5051/2051 5'-6 1/2" 2056/3056/2056 2056/3456/2056 2056/4056/2056 2056/5056/2056 6'-0 1/2" 2060/3060/2060 2060/3460/2060 2060/4060/2060 2060/5060/2060 Projection 1'-0 3/4"1'-0 3/4" 1'-0 3/4" 1'-0 3/4" Rough Opg. 7'-5 1/2" 6'-5 11/16" 7'- 0 5/8" 7'-7 1/2" 7'-9 1/2" 8'-5 1/2" 9'-5 1/2" 2'-4" Wide Flanker Units 3'-0" Center 3'-4" Center 4'-0" Center 5'-0" Center 4'-0 1/2" 2440/3040/2440 2440/3440/2440 2440/4040/2440 2440/5040/2440 4'-6 1/2" 2446/3046/2446 2446/3446/2446 2446/4046/2446 2446/5046/2446 4'-9 1/2" 2449/3049/2449 2449/3449/2449 2449/4049/2449 2449/5049/2449 5'-0 1/2" 2450/3050/2450 2450/3450/2450 2450/4050/2450 2450/5050/2450 5'-1 1/2" 2451/3051/2451 2451/3451/2451 2451/4051/2451 2451/5051/2451 5'-6 1/2" 2456/3056/2456 2456/3456/2456 2456/4056/2456 2456/5056/2456 6'-0 1/2" 2460/3060/2460 2040/3240/2040 2046/3246/2046 2049/3249/2049 2050/3250/2050 2051/3251/2051 2056/3256/2056 2060/3260/2060 2440/3240/2440 2446/3246/2446 2449/3249/2449 2450/3250/2450 2451/3251/2451 2456/3256/2456 2460/3260/2460 2460/3460/2460 2460/4060/2460 2460/5060/2460 Projection 1'-2 3/4" 1'-2 3/4" 1'-2 3/4" 1'-2 3/4"HEIGHT1'-0 3/4" 1'-2 3/4" DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. NOTES Projection is measured from the outside of the exterior sheathing to the exterior sheathing line of the outermost unit. Support is required underneath all bay and bow units. For additional support, we offer a cable support system. Insulated platforms and brackets are not included. 45˚ Double-Hung Angle Bay Window Sizes WIDTH 45 Degree Double-Hung Angle Bay Units Rough Opg. 5'-11 1/16" 6'-1 1/16" 6'-3 1/16" 6'-11 1/16" 7'-11 1/16" 1'-8" Wide Flanker Units 3'-0" Center 3'-4" Center 4'-0" Center 5'-0" Center 4'-0 1/2" 1840/3040/1840 1840/3440/1840 1840/4040/1840 1840/5040/1840 4'-6 1/2" 1846/3046/1846 1846/3446/1846 1846/4046/1846 1846/5046/1846 4'-9 1/2" 1849/3049/1849 1849/3449/1849 1849/4049/1849 1849/5049/1849 5'-1 1/2" 5'-0 1/2" 1850/3050/1850 1850/3450/1850 1850/4050/1850 1850/5050/1850 5'-6 1/2" 1856/3056/1856 1856/3456/1856 1856/4056/1856 1856/5056/1856 6'-0 1/2" 1860/3060/1860 3'-2" Center 3'-2" Center 3'-2" Center 1840/3240/1840 1846/3246/1846 1849/3249/1849 1850/3250/1850 1851/3051/1851 1851/3451/1851 1851/4051/1851 1851/5051/1851 1851/3251/1851 1856/3256/1856 1860/3260/1860 1860/3460/1860 1860/4060/1860 1860/5060/1860 Projection 1'-3 11/16" 1'-3 11/16" 1'-3 11/16" 1'-3 11/16" 1'-3 11/16" Rough Opg. 6'-4 3/4" 6'-6 3/4" 6'-8 3/4" 7'-4 3/4" 8'-4 3/4" 2'-0" Wide Flanker Units 3'-0" Center 3'-4" Center 4'-0" Center 5'-0" Center 4'-0 1/2" 2040/3040/2040 2040/3440/2040 2040/4040/2040 2040/5040/2040 4'-6 1/2" 2046/3046/2046 2046/3446/2046 2046/4046/2046 2046/5046/2046 4'-9 1/2" 2049/3049/2049 2049/3449/2049 2049/4049/2049 2049/5049/2049 5'-1 1/2" 5'-0 1/2" 2050/3050/2050 2050/3450/2050 2050/4050/2050 2050/5050/2050 2051/3051/2051 2051/3451/2051 2051/4051/2051 2051/5051/2051 5'-6 1/2" 2056/3056/2056 2056/3456/2056 2056/4056/2056 2056/5056/2056 6'-0 1/2" 2060/3060/2060 2040/3240/2040 2046/3246/2046 2049/3249/2049 2050/3250/2050 2051/3251/2051 2056/3256/2056 2060/3260/2060 2060/3460/2060 2060/4060/2060 2060/5060/2060 Projection 1'-6 1/2" 1'-6 1/2" 1'-6 1/2" 1'-6 1/2" 1'-6 1/2" Rough Opg. 6'-10 3/8" 7'-0 3/8" 7'-2 3/8" 7'-10 3/8" 8'-10 3/8" 2'-4" Wide Flanker Units 3'-0" Center 3'-4" Center 4'-0" Center 5'-0" Center 4'-0 1/2" 2440/3040/2440 2440/3440/2440 2440/4040/2440 2440/5040/2440 4'-6 1/2" 2446/3046/2446 2446/3446/2446 2446/4046/2446 2446/5046/2446 4'-9 1/2" 2449/3049/2449 2449/3449/2449 2449/4049/2449 2449/5049/2449 5'-0 1/2" 5'-1 1/2" 2450/3050/2450 2450/3450/2450 2450/4050/2450 2450/5050/2450 2451/3051/2451 2451/3451/2451 2451/4051/2451 2451/5051/2451 5'-6 1/2" 2456/3056/2456 2456/3456/2456 2456/4056/2456 2456/5056/2456 6'-0 1/2" 2460/3060/2460 2440/3240/2440 2446/3246/2446 2449/3249/2449 2450/3250/2450 2451/3251/2451 2456/3256/2456 2460/3260/2460 2460/3460/2460 2460/4060/2460 2460/5060/2460 Projection 1'-9 11/32" 1'-9 11/32" 1'-9 11/32" 1'-9 11/32" 1'-9 11/32"HEIGHT88E-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 89BAY & BOW WINDOWS Specifications ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. EXTERIOR MULL COVER ANGLE BAY ENCLOSURE UNIT WIDTH INTERIOR MULL CASING EXTENSION JAMB UNIT WI DT H4 9/16"30O TRIM EXTENDER TRIM EXTENDER PROJECTION ROUGH OPENINGUNIT HEIGHT4 9/16" 45O ANGLE BAY ENCLOSURE EXTERIOR MULL COVER INTERIOR MULL CASING EXTENSION JAMB UNIT WIDTH UNIT WIDTH4 9/16"Horizontal Section Horizontal Section Vertical Section 30˚ Double-Hung Angle Bay Windows Double-Hung Angle Bay Windows 45˚ Double-Hung Angle Bay Windows PROPER INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF E-SERIES PRODUCTS IS ESSENTIAL TO ATTAIN OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE AND OPERATION. WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS THAT PROVIDE GUIDELINES FOR PROPER INSTALLATION ARE AVAILABLE BY VISITING ANDERSENWINDOWS.COM Shown with ovolo (colonial) glass stops. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM PINE WOOD CUSTOM INTERIOR FINISH 90E-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 2- or 3-sash systems all in one frame Cost effective design offering modern efficiencies Discreet hardware creating clear, unobstructed views Gliding Windows Functionality is the key to our gliding window. Efficient space utilization and sleek lines make this window the right choice for that tight, hard to manage space. 91GLIDING WINDOWS Overview DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 1 3 2 4 5 Frame & Sash 1 Select wood components are kiln dried, and treated with water/insect repellent and preservative. Interior wood surfaces are available in pine, mixed grain douglas fir, cherry, hickory, mahogany,* maple, oak, walnut, alder or vertical grain douglas fir. Interior surfaces are available unfinished or factory primed. Optional factory-applied finishes are available in a variety of stain and paint options. 2 Wood components are fitted with aluminum extrusions on the exterior. 50 exterior colors that meet AAMA 2604 and 2605 specifications are available, as well as custom colors. Also available is a selection of seven exterior anodized options. Glazing 3 High-Performance Low-E4® glass with a low-conductivity spacer. Tinted, clear dual-pane, high-altitude glass and other special glazing options are available. 4 Glass is fixed in place from the interior with wood stops that can be removed for easy reglazing if necessary. Glass stops are available in ovolo (colonial) or contemporary profiles. Weatherstrip Compression foam-filled bulb weatherstrip is applied on the sill for maximum resistance to water and air infiltration. Outside and inside sash are sealed with a compression bulb weatherstrip at the meeting stile. Head & Sill Track 5 The frame consists of a rigid vinyl head and sill track. The compression- style head track helps create a positive seal between the sash and frame. Hardware 6 Sash locks and keepers give a slim, more traditional design and allow easy opening. Sash locks are available in finishes of bronze, polished brass, gold, white, black, antique brass, pewter, oil rubbed bronze, satin chrome and bright chrome. Slim line sash pulls allow easy operation and do not interfere with window coverings. Sash pulls are available in finishes of bronze, white, black and gold. Optional polished brass plated finish also available. Gliding Windows 92E-Series Windows & Doors*The mahogany name is representative of non-endangered African mahoganies. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM BRONZE POLISHED BRASS GOLD WHITE BLACK ANTIQUE BRASS PEWTER OIL RUBBED BRONZE SATIN CHROME BRIGHT CHROME 7⁄8" SDL 7⁄8" REMOVABLE 1 1⁄8" FDL 1" CONTOURED5⁄8" FLAT 7⁄8" FDL 5⁄ 8" FDL 11⁄2" FDL BRONZE GOLD POLISHED BRASS BLACK 93GLIDING WINDOWS Features & Options Window Anchorage Vinyl installation flanges are pre-applied into a kerf on the frame exterior to facilitate installation. Optional aluminum flanges or metal installation clips are available. 7 Insect Screens Charcoal fiberglass screen mesh fits into an aluminum frame in all 50 exterior colors. Aluminum screen mesh is available as an option. TruScene® insect screens available in all 50 exterior colors and seven anodized finishes. See page 26 for more information on our insect screen options. 8 Grilles Full Divided Light. Permanent interior and exterior grilles with grille spacer bars between two panes of glass. Available in 5⁄8", 7 ⁄8", 11⁄8", 1 1⁄2" or 2 1⁄4" widths and ovolo or contemporary profiles. Simulated Divided Light. Permanent exterior and interior grilles without grille spacer bars. Available in 5⁄8", 7⁄8", 11⁄8", 11⁄2" or 21⁄4" widths and ovolo or contemporary profiles. Finelight™ Grilles-Between-the-Glass. Available in 5⁄8" flat or 1" contoured aluminum profiles. Two-tone colors of colony white/pebble tan, colony white/ sierra bronze or colony white/forest green are available on the 1" profile. Removable interior wood grilles. Removable interior wood grilles are available in a 7⁄8" width and ovolo or contemporary profiles. Optional surround for removable grille and permanent exterior grilles also available. Sash Locks Insect Screens Features & Options 7 Grilles 86 Slim Line Sash Pulls WHITE Printing limitations prevent exact finish replication. Please see your local dealer for actual samples. *NOTE: Grille options also available in 2 1/4" width and in contemporary profile. FDL = Full Divided Light* SDL = Simulated Divided Light* Removable = Removable interior wood grilles Flat = Finelight™ grilles-between- the-glass Contoured = Finelight grilles- between-the-glass See page 24 for more information on our grille options. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. SLD3020 OX or XO SLD4020 OX or XO SLD3030 OX or XO SLD4030 OX or XO SLD5030 OX or XO SLD6030 OX or XO SLD4034 OX or XO SLD5040 OX or XO SLD6040 OX or XO SLD4040 OX or XO SLD5046 OX or XO SLD6046 OX or XO SLD4046 OX or XO SLD5050 OX or XO SLD6050 OX or XO SLD4050 OX or XOR.O.F.S.3' 0 1/2" 3' 0" 4' 0 1/2" 4' 0" 5' 0 1/2" 5' 0" 6' 0 1/2" 6' 0"2' 0 1/2"2' 0"3' 0 1/2"3' 0"3' 4 1/2"3' 4"4' 0 1/2"4' 0"4' 6 1/2"4' 6"5' 0 1/2"5' 0" SLD6034 OX or XO SLD5034 OX or XO SLD8030-XOX SLD6034-XOX SLD8034-XOX SLD6040-XOX SLD8040-XOX SLD6046-XOX SLD8046-XOX SLD6050-XOX SLD8050-XOX 6' 0 1/2" 6' 0" 8' 0 1/2" 8' 0"R.O.F.S.3' 0 1/2"3' 0"3' 4 1/2"3' 4"4' 0 1/2"4' 0"4' 6 1/2"4' 6"5' 0 1/2"5' 0"SLD6030-XOX As viewed from exterior OX XO XOX O = Stationary X = Operable NOTES † These units meet or exceed the following dimensions: Clear Opening Area 5.7 sq. ft., Clear Opening Width 20", Clear Opening Height 24" and 44" maximum floor to sill height (with standard 6'10-1/2" structural header height). See your local code official for requirements in your area. 3-sash gliding units use 2'0" operating sash as a standard. Additional sash ratios also available. If glass is positioned within 18" of the finished floor, safety/tempered glass may be required. Local codes may differ. Verify tempered glass requirements with your local building code official. Use structural joining material when necessary or required by code. The light patterns illustrated apply to rectangular removable interior wood grilles, Full Divided Light, Simulated Divided Light, Decorelle 100, 150 and 400 and Finelight™ Grilles-Between-the-Glass. All removable interior wood grilles will be installed in the units unless otherwise specified. For a metric conversion in millimeters, multiply dimensions in inches by 25.4. 2-Sash Gliding Window Sizes 3-Sash Gliding Window Sizes 94E-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 95GLIDING WINDOWS Specifications ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. 2-Sash Gliding Windows 3-Sash Gliding Windows 4 9/16 5 5/8 1 25/642 5/321 1/16 3 3/161 17/322 3/163 7/82 1/4 1 5/8SLIDE-BY 4 9/16FRAME HEIGHTDLO11/16 1 1/44 9/16 5 5/8 1 25/642 5/321 1/16 3 3/161 17/322 3/163 7/82 1/4 1 5/8SLIDE-BY 4 9/16FRAME HEIGHTDLO11/16 1 1/44 9/165 5/81 25/64 2 5/32 1 1/16 3 5/32 1 43/64 11/16 1 23/32 49/64 DLO DLO FRAME WIDTH 3 5/32 4 9/165 5/81 25/64 2 5/32 1 1/16 11/16 1 23/32 3 5/32 49/64 1 43/64 DLO DLO FRAME WIDTH DLO 1 43/64 3 5/32 Horizontal Section Horizontal Section Vertical Section Vertical Section PROPER INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF E-SERIES PRODUCTS IS ESSENTIAL TO ATTAIN OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE AND OPERATION. WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS THAT PROVIDE GUIDELINES FOR PROPER INSTALLATION ARE AVAILABLE BY VISITING ANDERSENWINDOWS.COM Shown with ovolo (colonial) glass stops. Shown with ovolo (colonial) glass stops. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 96E-Series Windows & DoorsCUSTOM COLOR EXTERIOR CIRCLE SHAPE DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM ABOUT EAGLE IntroductionSpecialty Windows Our made-to-order philosophy lets you be creative with your look. Design your very own window using basic or unique shapes. Add decorative glass for a creative accent. Specialty profiles complement double-hung and casement details Design flexibility for interesting shapes and beautiful accents 97SPECIALTY WINDOWSOverview DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM Frame 1 Select wood components are kiln dried, and treated with water/insect repellent and preservative. Interior wood surfaces are available in pine, mixed grain douglas fir, cherry, hickory, mahogany,* maple, oak, walnut, alder or vertical grain douglas fir. Interior surfaces are available unfinished or factory primed. Optional factory-applied finishes are available in a variety of stain and paint options. 2 Wood components are fitted with aluminum extrusions on the exterior. 50 exterior colors that meet AAMA 2604 and 2605 specifications are available, as well as custom colors. Also available is a selection of seven exterior anodized options. Glazing 3 High-Performance Low-E4® glass with a low-conductivity spacer. Triple-pane glass, tinted, clear dual-pane, high- altitude glass and other special glazing options are available. 4 Glass is fixed in place from the interior with wood stops that can be removed for easy reglazing if necessary. Glass stops available in ovolo (colonial) or contemporary profiles. Window Anchorage Vinyl installation flanges are pre-applied into a kerf on the frame exterior to facilitate installation. Optional aluminum flanges or metal installation clips are available. 5 Grilles Full Divided Light. Permanent interior and exterior grilles with grille spacer bars between two panes of glass. Available in 5⁄ 8", 7 ⁄8", 1 1 ⁄8", 1 1 ⁄2" or 2 1⁄4" widths and ovolo (colonial) or contemporary profiles. Simulated Divided Light. Permanent exterior and interior grilles without grille spacer bars. Available in 5⁄8", 7⁄8", 11⁄8", 11⁄2" or 21⁄4" widths and ovolo or contemporary profiles. Finelight™ Grilles-Between-the-Glass. Available in 5⁄8" flat or 1" contoured aluminum profiles. Two-tone colors of colony white/pebble tan, colony white/ sierra bronze or colony white/forest green are available on the 1" profile. 98 Specialty Windows 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 HALF CIRCLE GEOMETRIC SPECIALTY E-Series Windows & Doors*The mahogany name is representative of non-endangered African mahoganies. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM ABOUT EAGLE Introduction Removable interior wood grilles. Available in a 7⁄8" width, with or without surround for removable grille on rectangular shapes. A 7⁄8" width, without surround for removable grille is available on non-rectangular shapes. Ovolo and contemporary grille profiles available. Privacy Options 6 Blinds-Between-the-Glass. A 5⁄8" aluminum slat blind is encased between two panes of insulated glass in a dust-free environment (rectangular shapes only). Available colors are white, tan, almond or gold. Blind can be tilted or raised and lowered with the use of one cord. (Not all sizes are retractable.) 7 System 3 Blinds. A 5⁄8" aluminum slat blind is mounted to an extruded aluminum blind panel and applied to the window (rectangular shapes only), creating a triple-glazed window boasting privacy and energy-efficiency. Available in four colors. Blind panels are offered in white, tan, gold or an optional wood veneer to match your interior. System 3 Shades. Pleated fabric shades are available in four colors to effortlessly and beautifully filter the light (rectangular shapes only). See page 27 for more details. 99SPECIALTY WINDOWSFeatures & OptionsGrilles Features & Options 5 Blinds-Between-the-Glass System 3 Blinds or Shades 6 7 Double-hung specialty frame profile is also available for half circle and geometric specialty windows. 7⁄8" SDL 7⁄8" REMOVABLE 1 1⁄8" FDL 1" CONTOURED5⁄8" FLAT 7⁄8" FDL 5⁄ 8" FDL 11⁄2" FDL *NOTE: Grille options also available in 2 1/4" width and in contemporary profile. FDL = Full Divided Light* SDL = Simulated Divided Light* Removable = Removable interior wood grilles Flat = Finelight™ grilles-between- the-glass Contoured = Finelight grilles- between-the-glass See page 24 for more information on our grille options. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 100 Specialty Shapes Springline Half Circle Angled Pentagon Trapezoid Right Triangle Isosceles Triangle Isosceles Trapezoid Parallelogram Peak Pentagon Unequal HexagonHexagon Octagon Quarter Circle Springline Flanker Elliptical Gothic Eyebrow Partial Eyebrow Circle Oval Unequal Leg Arch Arch Extended Gothic Extended Elliptical NOTES The following general guidelines do not apply to every specialty shape. Contact your local dealer for specific limitations of the specialty shapes shown above, or about creating custom shapes beyond those shown here. Overall unit block size should not be larger than 50 sq. ft. Frame width and height must be between 9" and 144". Units can only be larger than 82" in one direction. Corners/angles cannot be less than 27°. Standard radiuses include: 1' 0" 3' 0" 7' 0" 1' 2" 3' 1" 7' 6" 1' 3" 3' 3" 8' 0" 1' 4" 3' 4" 9' 0" 1' 6" 3' 6" 10' 7" 1' 6-23/32" 3' 9" 12' 0" 1' 8" 4' 0" 13' 8" 1' 10" 4' 6" 15' 0" 2' 0" 5' 0" 16' 0" 2' 4" 5' 6" 17' 10" 2' 6" 6' 0" 19' 8" 2' 8" 6' 6" 2' 10-19/32" ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE.E-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM ABOUT EAGLE Introduction101SPECIALTY WINDOWSSpecifications R.O.F.S.2' 0"1' 0 1/2"1' 0"2' 0 1/2" HCT2010 R.O.F.S.2' 4"1' 2"2' 4 1/2"1' 2 1/2"HCT2412 R.O.F.S.2' 6"1' 3 1/2"1' 3"2' 6 1/2" HCT2613 R.O.F.S.2' 8"1' 4 1/2"1' 4"2' 8 1/2" HCT2814 R.O.F.S. 4' 8"2' 4 1/2"2' 4"4' 8 1/2" HCT4824 R.O.F.S. 6' 8"3' 4 1/2"3' 4"6' 8 1/2" HCT6834 R.O.F.S.7' 0"3' 6 1/2"3' 6"7' 0 1/2" HCT7036 R.O.F.S.7' 6"3' 9 1/2"3' 9"7' 6 1/2" HCT7639 R.O.F.S.9' 0"4' 6 1/2"4' 6"9' 0 1/2" HCT9046 R.O.F.S.10' 0"5' 0 1/2"5' 0"10' 0 1/2" HCT10050R.O.F.S.5' 4"2' 8 1/2"2' 8"5' 4 1/2" HCT5428 R.O.F.S.6' 0"3' 0"6' 0 1/2"3' 0 1/2"HCT6030 R.O.F.S.8' 0"4' 0"8' 0 1/2"4' 0 1/2"HCT8040 R.O.F.S. 3' 4"1' 8 1/2"1' 8"3' 4 1/2" HCT3418 R.O.F.S. 3' 8"1' 10"3' 8 1/2" 1' 10 1/2"HCT38110 R.O.F.S.4' 0"2' 0 1/2"4' 0 1/2" HCT40202' 0"R.O.F.S. 3' 0"1' 6 1/2"1' 6"3' 0 1/2" HCT3016 R.O.F.S. 5' 0"2' 6 1/2"2' 6"5' 0 1/2" HCT5026 NOTES If glass is positioned within 18" of the finished floor, safety/tempered glass may be required. Local codes may differ. Verify tempered glass requirements with your local building code official. Use structural joining material when necessary or required by code. Some limitations exist for light patterns for removable interior wood grilles, Full Divided Light, Simulated Divided Light, Decorelle 100, 150 and 400 and Finelight™ Grilles-Between-the-Glass. Please contact your local dealer for more information. All wood grilles will be installed in the units unless otherwise specified. For a metric conversion in millimeters, multiply dimensions in inches by 25.4. Half Circle Window Sizes ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 102 ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE.R.O.F.S.3' 8"3' 8 1/2"3' 8"3' 8 1/2" QCT3838 R.O.F.S.4' 0"4' 0 1/2"4' 0"4' 0 1/2" QCT4040R.O.F.S.1' 8"1' 8 1/2"1' 8"1' 8 1/2" QCT1818 R.O.F.S.2' 0"2' 0"2' 0 1/2"2' 0 1/2"QCT2020 R.O.F.S.2' 8"2' 8 1/2"2' 8"2' 8 1/2" QCT2828 R.O.F.S.3' 0"3' 0 1/2"3' 0"3' 0 1/2" QCT3030 R.O.F.S.3' 4"3' 4 1/2"3' 4"3' 4 1/2" QCT3434 R.O.F.S.5' 0"5' 0 1/2"5' 0"5' 0 1/2" QCT5050 R.O.F.S.6' 0"6' 0 1/2"6' 0"6' 0 1/2" QCT6060R.O.F.S.2' 4"2' 4 1/2"2' 4"2' 4 1/2" QCT2424 R.O.F.S.2' 6"2' 6 1/2"2' 6"2' 6 1/2" QCT2626 FCT2020 FCT2626 FCT3030 FCT4040 FCT5050 FCT6060R.O.F.S.2' 0 1/2"2' 0"2' 6 1/2"2' 6"3' 0 1/2"3' 0"4' 0 1/2"4' 0"R.O.F.S.5' 0 1/2"5' 0" 6' 0 1/2"6' 0"R.O.F.S.2' 0 1/2" 2' 0"2' 6 1/2"2' 6" 3' 0 1/2"3' 0"3' 6 1/2"3' 6"4' 0 1/2"4' 0"OVL2026 OVL2030 OVL2036 OVL2040 Quarter Circle Window Sizes Circle Window Sizes Oval Window Sizes PROPER INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF E-SERIES PRODUCTS IS ESSENTIAL TO ATTAIN OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE AND OPERATION. WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS THAT PROVIDE GUIDELINES FOR PROPER INSTALLATION ARE AVAILABLE BY VISITING ANDERSENWINDOWS.COM NOTES If glass is positioned within 18" of the finished floor, safety/tempered glass may be required. Local codes may differ. Verify tempered glass requirements with your local building code official. Use structural joining material when necessary or required by code. Some limitations exist for light patterns for removable interior wood grilles, Full Divided Light, Simulated Divided Light, Decorelle 100, 150 and 400 and Finelight™ Grilles-Between-the-Glass. Please contact your local dealer for more information. All wood grilles will be installed in the units unless otherwise specified. For a metric conversion in millimeters, multiply dimensions in inches by 25.4.E-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM ABOUT EAGLE Introduction103SPECIALTY WINDOWSSpecifications ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. Specialty Windows Specialty(Double-HungFrameProfile) Exterior Glazed Specialty Specialty Horizontal Section Horizontal Section Horizontal Section Vertical Section Vertical Section Vertical Section SEE OPPOSITE PAGE FOR INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE NOTES. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 104 COLONY WHITEEXTERIOR ALDERINTERIOR INTERIOR CAPRIE-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM Venting inswing or outswing sidelights Raised solid wood panel inserts Architecturally correct transoms aligning planes and sight lines Hinged Patio Doors Bottom and mid-rail options are just the start to this door’s solid design. Go as high as 10 feet, then select a handle set accenting your style. Unique indeed. 105HINGED PATIO DOORS Overview DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 106 Hinged Patio Doors Frame & Panel 1 Select wood components are kiln dried, and treated with water/insect repellent and preservative. Interior wood surfaces are available in pine, mixed grain douglas fir, cherry, hickory, mahogany,* maple, oak, walnut, alder or vertical grain douglas fir. Interior surfaces are available unfinished or factory primed. Optional factory-applied finishes are available in a variety of stain and paint options. 2 Wood components are fitted with aluminum extrusions on the exterior. 50 exterior colors that meet AAMA 2604 and 2605 specifications are available, as well as custom colors. Also available is a selection of seven exterior anodized options. Sill 3 Premium grade aluminum inswing sill with an oak threshold. Sills have a built-in drainage channel that allows water to drain away from the interior of the door. A top plate is removable for easy channel cleaning. A polyurethane thermal barrier helps reduce heat loss. Available in unfinished aluminum or dark bronze anodized finish. 4 Premium grade aluminum outswing sill with oak threshold. Outswing door sill is backed with a compression foam weatherstrip. Available in unfinished aluminum or dark bronze anodized finish. 5 Aluminum low threshold sill available for outswing doors and inswing doors with jamb depths of 49⁄16" and 69⁄16". Low threshold design provides a smooth transition from interior to exterior and is wheelchair-accessible. A polyurethane thermal barrier helps reduce heat loss. Available in dark bronze anodized finish. Glazing 6 High-Performance Low-E4® glass with a low-conductivity spacer. Triple-pane glass, tinted, clear dual-pane, high- altitude glass and other special glazing options are available. 7 Glass is fixed in place from the interior with wood stops that can be removed for easy reglazing if necessary. Glass stops available in ovolo (colonial) and contemporary profiles. Weatherstrip 8 The frame perimeter consists of a high-quality foam-filled weatherstrip. Hardware Autolatch® stainless steel multi-point locking system locks the panel in three locations to provide a secure, weather-resistant entry system. Some door heights lock the panel in four locations.E-Series Windows & Doors*The mahogany name is representative of non-endangered African mahoganies. 1 2 3 4 OUTSWING 2 1 6 6 7 7 8 INSWING NOTICE: Visit andersenwindows.com for the latest door offering details. Beginning late-2017, E-Series Hinged Patio Doors will be changing. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 107HINGED PATIO DOORS Features & Options Features & Options 4 9⁄16" Inswing Drainage Sill Handle Finishes 3 9 Standard Capri handle set finish is polished brass with a 1" security deadbolt throw, 45mm backset and 90˚ thumb turn located above the handle. Other optional finishes include stainless steel (Capri only), limited lifetime brass, antique brass, oil rubbed bronze, pewter, satin chrome, bright chrome, white or black. Keyed locks are available. Dummy handle sets are available in all finishes for passive door panels. Optional handle styles include: Athens, Bellagio, Luxor, Normandy, Piedmont, Riviera and Tuscany. Optional square escutcheon plate also available. 10 Temporary construction handle is sent with all hinged patio doors. This handle allows operation during the construction phase, protecting finished hardware from damage or jobsite theft. 11 Heavy-duty commercial grade hinges are available in a standard finish of polished brass or optional finishes of limited lifetime brass, antique brass, oil rubbed bronze, pewter, satin chrome, bright chrome, white, black or stainless steel to match your handle set. Hinges are complete with matching screws. An innovative hinge shimming system allows for minor adjustments. Door Anchorage Inswing and outswing doors receive a factory-applied vinyl installation flange with drip cap. Some inswing patio doors require an adjustable metal installation flange. Optional aluminum flanges or metal installation clips are available. Heavy-Duty Commercial Grade Hinges 11 Outswing On-Floor Sill Inswing Low Threshold Sill Outswing Low Threshold Sill 4 5 Temporary Construction Handle 10 9 CAPRI POLISHED BRASS (STANDARD) LIMITED LIFETIME BRASS ANTIQUE BRASS OIL RUBBED BRONZE PEWTER STAINLESS STEEL BRIGHT CHROME WHITE BLACK SATIN CHROME POLISHED BRASS (STANDARD) LIMITED LIFETIME BRASS ANTIQUE BRASS OIL RUBBED BRONZE PEWTER BRIGHT CHROME SATIN CHROME WHITE BLACK STAINLESS STEEL Handle Styles LUXOR NORMANDY PIEDMONT RIVIERA TUSCANY The above handle styles are available in all nine finishes (Capri handle has an added finish of stainless steel). Escutcheon plates are also available as pictured or square. CAPRI BELLAGIO ATHENS 9 SQUARE ESCUTCHEON NOTICE: Visit andersenwindows.com for the latest hardware offering. Beginning late-2017, the hardware on E-Series Hinged Patio Doors will be changing. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 108 12 Insect Screens Retractable Insect Screens. Concealed, retractable insect screen has charcoal fiberglass screen mesh. Available for inswing single or double door units. Insect screen rolls out when needed and retracts into concealed housing when not in use. Available in 50 exterior colors. Retractable insect screens for outswing doors are field applied to the interior of the door. Available in five colors including white, almond, desert sand, bronze and black. Hinged Insect Screens (Inswing only). Charcoal fiberglass screen mesh fits into an aluminum frame in 50 exterior colors. Provided with a black lockable latch and automatic closer for smooth operation. Available in single or multiple door units. Aluminum screen mesh is also available. Top-Hung Gliding Insect Screens (Inswing Center Post Door). Charcoal fiberglass screen mesh fits into an aluminum frame available in 50 exterior colors. Aluminum screen mesh is also available as an option. 13 Grilles Full Divided Light. Permanent interior and exterior grilles with grille spacer bars between two panes of glass. Available in 5⁄ 8", 7⁄8", 11 ⁄8", 1 1 ⁄2" or 2 1⁄4" widths and ovolo (colonial) or contemporary profiles. Simulated Divided Light. Permanent exterior and interior grilles without grille spacer bars. Available in 5⁄8", 7⁄8", 11⁄8", 11⁄2" or 21⁄4" widths and ovolo or contemporary profiles. Finelight™ Grilles-Between-the-Glass. Available in 5⁄8" flat or 1" contoured aluminum profiles. Two-tone colors of colony white/pebble tan, colony white/ sierra bronze or colony white/forest green are available on the 1" profile. Removable interior wood grilles. Removable interior wood grilles are available in a 7⁄8" width and ovolo or contemporary profiles. Optional surround for removable grille and permanent exterior grilles also available. 14 Raised Panel Inserts Available in 1⁄2 and 3⁄4 light options. Real wood, available in all wood species, makes up the interior panel insert. The exterior panel insert is made of formed aluminum cladding and is available in all 50 exterior colors and any custom color. The raised panel inserts are based on the standard 8" bottom rail with 411⁄16" stiles. Available in nine widths to match standard door panel sizes. Additional mid-rail options available allowing glass lights to be placed above and below the mid-rail. Features & Options Raised Panel Inserts 14 Insect Screens 12 Grilles 13 Blinds-Between-the-Glass Transoms 16 Retractable insect screen shown. 7⁄8" SDL 7⁄8" REMOVABLE 1 1⁄8" FDL 1" CONTOURED5⁄8" FLAT 7⁄8" FDL 5⁄ 8" FDL 11⁄2" FDL E-Series Windows & Doors15 *NOTE: Grille options also available in 2 1/4" width and in contemporary profile. FDL = Full Divided Light* SDL = Simulated Divided Light* Removable = Removable interior wood grilles Flat = Finelight™ grilles-between- the-glass Contoured = Finelight grilles- between-the-glass See page 24 for more information on our grille options. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 15 Privacy Options Blinds-Between-the-Glass. A 5⁄8" aluminum slat blind mounted between two panes of insulated glass in a dust-free environment. Available in white, tan, almond or gold. Blinds are magnetically controlled and can be tilted or raised and lowered with one cord.* (Not available on arch patio doors.) 16 Transoms Available in three jamb depths to align with your inswing door jamb depth. Design is sloped for water disbursement. Inswing and outswing sash-set transoms are available with 23⁄4", 411⁄16" and 61⁄2" stiles to match your door. 17 Venting Sidelights Outswing sidelights have concealed locks and operate with our convenient folding operator handles. Interior wood-veneered insect screen can be customized to match your interior wood species and finish. Inswing sidelights come with special hardware that locks in the center and complements the door’s handle set. When the handle is activated upwards, shoot bolts engage at the head and sill for added security. Inswing sidelights feature an exterior insect screen. 18 Center Post Door Allows door panels to be hinged at the center or at the jamb. Available in three jamb depths: 31⁄2", adjustable 49⁄16" and adjustable 69⁄16". The center post is clad laminated veneer lumber (LVL) that provides exceptional structural integrity. A top-hung gliding insect screen is available on the inswing center post door. Commercial Door Panels Available in single or double door applications. The commercial door panels have a 12" bottom rail and 61⁄2" stiles and a mid-rail that allows for commercial hardware installation. VeriLock® Sensors These exclusive sensors are unique as they detect whether the doors are locked or unlocked** — a feature no other sensors can provide. See pages 6–7 for details. 19 Concealed Panic System Door We have created an innovative Concealed Panic System (CPS) eliminating the need for a center astragal and exposed vertical rods on double doors. This system provides a clear opening while maintaining a sleek, uncluttered interior look. The system locks at the head and sill for added security. You get the same warm, real wood interior you’ve come to expect from us without the unsightly clutter common to most commercial doors. We’ve also aligned with Von Duprin®, the most recognized and trusted brand of commercial hardware in the window and door industry. Von Duprin, along with the Ingersoll-Rand family of brands, provides premium push bars, handle sets, closers and kick plates to make the CPS door truly innovative. Plus, our doors are factory-prepped making installation much easier. 109HINGED PATIO DOORS Features & Options Venting Sidelights Center Post Door Concealed Panic System Door 17 18 19 Features & Options INSWING OUTSWING *Not all sizes are retractable. See your local dealer for details. **When properly configured and maintained with a professionally installed security system and/or self- monitoring system compatible with Honeywell® 5800 controls. See your dealer for more information. “Von Duprin” is a registered trademark of Ingersoll-Rand Co. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 110 SP1R1 411⁄16" Stiles & Top Rail 55⁄16" Mid-Rail 8" Bottom Rail Raised Panel Inserts SP1R2 411⁄16" Stiles & Top Rail 55⁄16" Mid-Rail 8" Bottom Rail Raised Panel Insert 411⁄16" Stiles & Top Rail 55⁄16" Mid-Rail 8" Bottom Rail SP1M2 411⁄16" Stiles & Top Rail 55⁄16" Mid-Rail 8" Bottom Rail SP1M1 SP2M1 411⁄16" Stiles & Top Rail 55⁄16" Mid-Rail 12" Bottom Rail SP2M2 411⁄16" Stiles & Top Rail 55⁄16" Mid-Rail 12" Bottom Rail Hinged Patio Door Panel Labeling System Door Panel with Mid-Rail Options Door Panel with Raised Panel Options 411⁄16" Stiles & Top Rail 8" Bottom Rail SP1 411⁄16" Stiles & Top Rail 12" Bottom Rail SP2 We have added a consistent labeling configuration to our door panels for your ordering ease. Scan the designs to see which one fits your needs. Traditional Door Panel Options Door panel options provide clean lines to complement a modern style. These options are an economical way to add interest to your project’s design.E-Series Windows & DoorsNOTICE: Visit andersenwindows.com for the latest door offering details. Beginning late-2017, new door panel options will be added to the E-Series Hinged Patio Doors offering. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM Sidelight Panel Options Transom Panel Options Commercial Door Panel Options* *Also available for residential applications. 23⁄4" Stiles 411⁄16" Top Rail 8" Bottom RailSL1 23⁄4" Stiles 411⁄16" Top Rail 12" Bottom RailSL2 23⁄4" Stiles 411⁄16" Top Rail 55⁄16" Mid-Rail 8" Bottom RailSL1M1 23⁄4" Stiles 411⁄16" Top Rail 55⁄16" Mid-Rail 8" Bottom RailSL1M2 23⁄4" Stiles 411⁄16" Top Rail 55⁄16" Mid-Rail 12" Bottom RailSL2M1 23⁄4" Stiles 411⁄16" Top Rail 55⁄16" Mid-Rail 12" Bottom RailSL2M2 23⁄4" Stiles 411⁄16" Top Rail 55⁄16" Mid-Rail 8" Bottom Rail Raised Panel InsertSL1R1 23⁄4" Stiles 411⁄16" Top Rail 55⁄16" Mid-Rail 8" Bottom Rail Raised Panel InsertSL1R2 61⁄2" Stiles & Top Rail 12" Bottom Rail CP2 61⁄2" Stiles & Top Rail 12" Bottom Rail CP3 61⁄2" Stiles & Top Rail 55⁄16" Mid-Rail 12" Bottom Rail CP2M2 23⁄4" Stiles 61⁄2" Top Rail 12" Bottom RailCSL2 23⁄4" Stiles 61⁄2" Top Rail 55⁄16" Mid-Rail 12" Bottom RailCSL2M1 23⁄4" Stiles 61⁄2" Top Rail 55⁄16" Mid-Rail 12" Bottom RailCSL2M2 CT1 61⁄2" Stiles 23⁄4" Rails 61⁄2" Stiles & Rails CT3 23⁄4" Stiles 61⁄2" Rails CT4 411⁄16" Stiles 23⁄4" Rails ST1 23⁄4" Stiles & Rails ST2 411⁄16" Stiles & Rails ST3 23⁄4" Stiles 411⁄16" Rails ST4 111HINGED PATIO DOORS Door Panel Options 61⁄2" Stiles & Top Rail 55⁄16" Mid-Rail 12" Bottom Rail CP2M1 61⁄2" Stiles & Top Rail 55⁄16" Mid-Rail 12" Bottom Rail CP3M3 61⁄2" Stiles & Top Rail 55⁄16" Mid-Rail 12" Bottom Rail CP2M3 DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 112 Arch Door Panel Options Arch Door Panel with Mid-Rail Options 411⁄16" Stiles & Top Rail8" Bottom Rail SR1 411⁄16" Stiles & Top Rail12" Bottom Rail SR2 411⁄16" Stiles & Top Rail8" Bottom Rail SE1 SE1 411⁄16" Stiles & Top Rail12" Bottom Rail SE2 SE2 411⁄16" Stiles& Top Rail8" Bottom Rail 23⁄4" Stiles411⁄16" Top Rail8" Bottom Rail SR1 SLR1SLR1411⁄16" Stiles& Top Rail12" Bottom Rail 23⁄4" Stiles411⁄16" Top Rail12" Bottom Rail SR2 SLR2 SLR2 411⁄16" Stiles& Top Rail8" Bottom Rail 411⁄16" Stiles& Top Rail8" Bottom Rail SR1 SE1SE1411⁄16" Stiles& Top Rail12" Bottom Rail 411⁄16" Stiles& Top Rail12" Bottom Rail SR2SE2 SE2 SR1M1 411⁄16" Stiles & Top Rail 55⁄16" Mid-Rail 8" Bottom Rail SR1M2 411⁄16" Stiles & Top Rail 55⁄16" Mid-Rail 8" Bottom Rail SR1M1 SLR1M1SLR1M1411⁄16" Stiles & Top Rail 55⁄16" Mid-Rail 8" Bottom Rail 23⁄4" Stiles 411⁄16" Top Rail 55⁄16" Mid-Rail 8" Bottom Rail 411⁄16" Stiles & Top Rail 55⁄16" Mid-Rail 8" Bottom Rail SE1M1 SE1M1 411⁄16" Stiles & Top Rail 55⁄16" Mid-Rail 8" Bottom Rail SE1M2 SE1M2 SR1M2 SLR1M2SLR1M2411⁄16" Stiles & Top Rail 55⁄16" Mid-Rail 8" Bottom Rail 23⁄4" Stiles 411⁄16" Top Rail 55⁄16" Mid-Rail 8" Bottom Rail 4 11⁄16" Stiles & Top Rail 55⁄16" Mid-Rail 8" Bottom Rail 411⁄ 16" Stiles & Top Rail 55⁄16" Mid-Rail 8" Bottom Rail SR1M1 SE1M1SE1M1411⁄16" Stiles & Top Rail 55⁄16" Mid-Rail 8" Bottom Rail 411⁄16" Stiles & Top Rail 55⁄16" Mid-Rail 8" Bottom Rail SR1M2SE1M2 SE1M2E-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM Arch Door Panel with Mid-Rail Options (continued) Arch Door Panel with Raised Panel Insert Options SR2M1 411⁄16" Stiles & Top Rail 55⁄16" Mid-Rail 12" Bottom Rail SR2M2 411⁄16" Stiles & Top Rail 55⁄16" Mid-Rail 12" Bottom Rail SLR2M1 SR2M1 SLR2M1 4 11⁄16" Stiles & Top Rail 5 5⁄16" Mid-Rail 12" Bottom Rail 23⁄ 4" Stiles 411⁄16" Top Rail 55⁄ 16" Mid-Rail 12" Bottom Rail 411⁄16" Stiles & Top Rail 55⁄16" Mid-Rail 12" Bottom Rail SE2M2 SE2M2 411⁄16" Stiles & Top Rail 55⁄16" Mid-Rail 12" Bottom Rail SE2M1 SE2M1 SR2M2 SLR2M2SLR2M24 11⁄16" Stiles & Top Rail 5 5⁄16" Mid-Rail 12" Bottom Rail 23⁄ 4" Stiles 411⁄16" Top Rail 55⁄ 16" Mid-Rail 12" Bottom Rail SE2M1 SR2M1 SE2M1 4 11⁄16" Stiles & Top Rail 5 5⁄16" Mid-Rail 12" Bottom Rail 411⁄ 16" Stiles & Top Rail 55⁄ 16" Mid-Rail 12" Bottom Rail SR2M2 SE2M2SE2M2411⁄16" Stiles & Top Rail 55⁄16" Mid-Rail 12" Bottom Rail 411⁄16" Stiles & Top Rail 55⁄16" Mid-Rail 12" Bottom Rail SR1R1 411⁄16" Stiles & Top Rail 55⁄16" Mid-Rail 8" Bottom Rail Raised Panel Inserts SR1R2 411⁄16" Stiles & Top Rail 55⁄16" Mid-Rail 8" Bottom Rail Raised Panel Insert SR1R1 SLR1R1SLR1R14 11⁄16" Stiles & Top Rail 5 5⁄16" Mid-Rail 8" Bottom Rail Raised Panel Inserts 23⁄ 4" Stiles 411⁄16" Top Rail 55⁄ 16" Mid-Rail 8" Bottom Rail Raised Panel Insert 411⁄16" Stiles & Top Rail 55⁄16" Mid-Rail 8" Bottom Rail & Raised Panel Inserts SE1R1 SE1R1 411⁄16" Stiles & Top Rail 55⁄16" Mid-Rail 8" Bottom Rail & Raised Panel Inserts SE1R2 SE1R2 SR1R2SLR1R2 SLR1R24 11⁄16" Stiles & Top Rail 5 5⁄16" Mid-Rail 8" Bottom Rail Raised Panel Insert 23⁄ 4" Stiles 411⁄16" Top Rail 55⁄ 16" Mid-Rail 8" Bottom Rail Raised Panel Insert SE1R1SR1R1 SE1R14 11⁄16" Stiles& Top Rail5 5⁄16" Mid-Rail8" Bottom RailRaised PanelInserts 411⁄ 16" Stiles & Top Rail 55⁄ 16" Mid-Rail 8" Bottom Rail Raised Panel Insert SR1R2 SE1R2SE1R24 11⁄16" Stiles& Top Rail5 5⁄16" Mid-Rail8" Bottom RailRaised PanelInsert 411⁄ 16" Stiles, & Top Rail 55⁄ 16" Mid-Rail 8" Bottom Rail Raised Panel Insert 113HINGED PATIO DOORS Door Panel Options DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 114 E-Series Windows & DoorsThe door handing and order designation noted below and on the opposite page is consistent with the handing of other Andersen® doors and is used throughout the remainder of the hinged patio doors section. Stationary Panel Non-operating panel. Active Panel The operating panel most often used. Left Hinged Hinges mounted on the left side of the panel. Passive Panel The operating panel with astragal attached. Right Hinged Hinges mounted on the right side of the panel. Hinged Patio Door Handing Identification All hinged doors are viewed from the exterior. From left to right, choose stationary, active or passive, then choose hinging. Hinged Patio Doors — Inswing Double Door Center Post DoorSingle Door A R Active Panel Right Hinged A P L R Active Panel Passive Panel Right Hinged Left Hinged S A L Stationary Panel Active Panel Left Hinged A S R Active Panel Stationary Panel Right Hinged S Stationary Panel Order Designation Description As Viewed From Exterior Single Door S AL AR Double Door PALR APLR SS Center Post Door - Hinged Off Jamb SAR ASL Center Post Door - Hinged Off Astragal SAL ASR Handing Options (shown as APLR) (shown as hinged off astragal) A L ActivePanel Left Hinged DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 115HINGED PATIO DOORS Door Handing Options Hinged Patio Doors — Outswing A L Active Panel Left Hinged A R Active Panel Right Hinged S Stationary Panel Order Designation Description As Viewed From Exterior Single Door S AR AL Double Door APLR PALR SS Single Door Double Door Handing Options A P L R Active Panel Passive Panel Right Hinged Left Hinged (shown as APLR) DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 116 NOTES All doors and sidelights use safety/tempered glass. The minimum vertical joining material width for doors and sidelights is 1/2". See handing chart on page 130 for operation options. Use structural joining material when necessary or required by code. The light patterns illustrated apply to removable interior wood grilles, Full Divided Light, Simulated Divided Light, Decorelle 100, 150 and 400 and Finelight™ Grille-Between-the-Glass. All removable interior wood grilles will be installed in the units unless otherwise specified. For a metric conversion in millimeters, multiply dimensions in inches by 25.4. FORMULA FOR COMBINATION DOORS The overall frame dimension (both width and height) is equal to the sum of the individual unit frame dimensions plus joining material dimension(s). The overall rough opening (both width and height) is equal to the overall frame dimensions plus 1/4" on all sides. Any unit within each combination can be operating or stationary except for direct-set units and transoms. ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE.R.O.F.S.2' 1" 2' 0 1/2"6' 8"6' 8 1/2"6' 10"6' 10 1/2"7' 0"7' 0 1/2"7' 3"7' 3 1/2"2' 7" 2' 6 1/2" 2' 9" 2' 8 1/2" 3' 1" 3' 0 1/2" 3' 3" 3' 2 1/2" HPI 2068 S,AL,AR HPI 2668 S,AL,AR HPI 2868 S,AL,AR HPI 3068 S,AL,AR HPI 20610 S,AL,AR HPI 26610 S,AL,AR HPI 28610 S,AL,AR HPI 30610 S,AL,AR HPI 2070 S,AL,AR HPI 2670 S,AL,AR HPI 2870 S,AL,AR HPI 3070 S,AL,AR HPI 3268 S,AL,AR HPI 32610 S,AL,AR HPI 3270 S,AL,AR HPI 2073 S,AL,AR HPI 2673 S,AL,AR HPI 2873 S,AL,AR HPI 3073 S,AL,AR HPI 3273 S,AL,AR HPI 2080 S,AL,AR HPI 2680 S,AL,AR HPI 2880 S,AL,AR HPI 3080 S,AL,AR HPI 3280 S,AL,AR HPI 2083 S,AL,AR HPI 2683 S,AL,AR HPI 2883 S,AL,AR HPI 3083 S,AL,AR HPI 3283 S,AL,AR8' 0"8' 0 1/2"8' 3"8' 3 1/2"Inswing Frame Height (using Low Threshold Sill) = Standard Inswing Frame Height – 15/16" Single Hinged Inswing Patio Door & Sidelight SizesE-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 117HINGED PATIO DOORS Specifications ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE.R.O.F.S.4' 0 1/2" 4' 0" 5' 0 1/2" 5' 0" 5' 4 1/2" 5' 4" 6' 0 1/2" 6' 0" 6' 4 1/2" 6' 4"6' 8 1/2"6' 8 "6' 10 1/2"6' 10 "7' 0 1/2"7' 0 "7' 3 1/2"7' 3 "HPI 4068 APLR,PALR HPI 5068 APLR,PALR HPI 5468 APLR,PALR HPI 6068 APLR,PALR HPI 60610 APLR,PALR HPI 54610 APLR,PALR HPI 40610 APLR,PALR HPI 4080 APLR,PALR HPI 5080 APLR,PALR HPI 5480 APLR,PALR HPI 6080 APLR,PALR HPI 6070 APLR,PALR HPI 6468 APLR,PALR HPI 64610 APLR,PALR HPI 6480 APLR,PALR HPI 4083 APLR,PALR HPI 5083 APLR,PALR HPI 5483 APLR,PALR HPI 6083 APLR,PALR HPI 6483 APLR,PALR HPI 6470 APLR,PALR HPI 5470 APLR,PALR HPI 5070 APLR,PALR HPI 4070 APLR,PALR HPI 6073 APLR,PALR HPI 6473 APLR,PALR HPI 5473 APLR,PALR HPI 5073 APLR,PALR HPI 4073 APLR,PALR 8' 0 1/2"8' 0 "8' 3 1/2"8' 3 "HPI 50610 APLR,PALR Double Hinged Inswing Patio Door Sizes NOTES All doors and sidelights use safety/ tempered glass. The minimum vertical joining material width for doors and sidelights is 1/2". See handing chart on page 130 for operation options. Use structural joining material when necessary or required by code. For a metric conversion in millimeters, multiply dimensions in inches by 25.4. FORMULA FOR COMBINATION DOORS The overall frame dimension (both width and height) is equal to the sum of the individual unit frame dimensions plus joining material dimension(s). The overall rough opening (both width and height) is equal to the overall frame dimensions plus 1/4" on all sides. Any unit within each combination can be operating or stationary except for direct- set units and transoms. ALSO AVAILABLE AS: Stationary Doors SS Center Post Doors SAR, ASL, SAL, ASR Inswing Frame Height (using Low Threshold Sill) = Standard Inswing Frame Height – 15/16" DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM NOTES All doors and sidelights use safety/tempered glass. The minimum vertical joining material width for doors and sidelights is 1/2". When joining a venting sidelight to a door, the minimum vertical joining material width is 2". Use structural joining material when necessary or required by code. The light patterns illustrated apply to removable interior wood grilles, Full Divided Light, Simulated Divided Light, Decorelle 100, 150 and 400 and Finelight™ Grilles-Between-the-Glass. All removable interior wood grilles will be installed in the units unless otherwise specified. For a metric conversion in millimeters, multiply dimensions in inches by 25.4. FORMULA FOR COMBINATION DOORS The overall frame dimension (both width and height) is equal to the sum of the individual unit frame dimensions plus joining material dimension(s). The overall rough opening (both width and height) is equal to the overall frame dimensions plus 1/4" on all sides. Any unit within each combination can be operating or stationary except for direct-set units and transoms. 118 ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. Inswing Sash-Set Sidelight Sizes Inswing Direct-Set Sidelight Sizes HPI 1280 S HPI 1480 S HPI 1680 S HPI 1880 S HPI 1283 S HPI 1483 S HPI 1683 S HPI 1883 SR.O.F.S.1' 3" 1' 2 1/ 2" 6' 8"6' 8 1/2"6' 10"6' 10 1/2"7' 0"7' 0 1/2"7' 3"7' 3 1/2"1' 5" 1' 4 1/2" 1' 7" 1' 6 1/2" 1' 9" 1' 8 1/2" HPI 1268 S HPI 1468 S HPI 1668 S HPI 1868 S HPI 12610 S HPI 14610 S HPI 16610 S HPI 18610 S 8' 0"8' 0 1/2"8' 3"8' 3 1/2"HPI 1270 S HPI 1470 S HPI 1670 S HPI 1870 S HPI 1273 S HPI 1473 S HPI 1673 S HPI 1873 S HPIDG 1280 S HPIDG 1480 S HPIDG 1680 S HPIDG 1880 S HPIDG 1283 S HPIDG 1483 S HPIDG 1683 S HPIDG 1883 SR.O.F.S.1' 3" 1' 2 1/ 2" 6' 8"6' 8 1/2"6' 10"6' 10 1/2"7' 0"7' 0 1/2"7' 3"7' 3 1/2"1' 5" 1' 4 1/2" 1' 7" 1' 6 1/2" 1' 9" 1' 8 1/2" HPIDG 1268 S HPIDG 1468 S HPIDG 1668 S HPIDG 1868 S HPIDG 12610 S HPIDG 14610 S HPIDG 16610 S HPIDG 18610 S 8' 0"8' 0 1/2"8' 3"8' 3 1/2"HPIDG 1270 S HPIDG 1470 S HPIDG 1670 S HPIDG 1870 S HPIDG 1273 S HPIDG 1473 S HPIDG 1673 S HPIDG 1873 S Inswing Frame Height (using Low Threshold Sill) = Standard Inswing Frame Height – 15/16"E-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM HINGED PATIO DOORS Specifications 119 ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE.R.O.F.S.2' 1" 2' 01/2" 2' 7" 2' 61/2" 2' 9" 2' 81/2" 3' 1" 3' 01/2" 3' 3" 3' 21/2" 4' 01/2" 4' 0" 5' 01/2" 5' 0" 5' 41/2" 5' 4" 6' 01/2" 6' 0" 6' 4 1/2" 6' 4"1' 21/2"1' 2"1' 41/2" 1' 4" 1' 6 1/2" 1' 6" 1' 81/2"1' 8"2' 01/2"2' 0"HPIST2012 HPIST2612 HPIST2812 HPIST3012 HPIST4012 HPIST5012 HPIST5412 HPIST4014 HPIST5014 HPIST5414HPIST2014 HPIST2614 HPIST2814 HPIST3014 HPIST2016 HPIST2616 HPIST2816 HPIST3016 HPIST2018 HPIST2618 HPIST2818 HPIST3018 HPIST2020 HPIST2620 HPIST2820 HPIST3020 HPIST3212 HPIST3214 HPIST3216 HPIST3218 HPIST3220 HPIST4016 HPIST5016 HPIST5416 HPIST4018 HPIST5018 HPIST5418 HPIST4020 HPIST5020 HPIST5420 HPIST6012 HPIST6014 HPIST6016 HPIST6018 HPIST6020 HPIST6412 HPIST6414 HPIST6416 HPIST6418 HPIST6420 2' 41/2"2' 4"2' 61/2"2' 6"2' 81/2"2' 8"3' 01/2"3' 0"HPIST2024 HPIST2624 HPIST2824 HPIST3024 HPIST4024 HPIST5024 HPIST5424 HPIST4026 HPIST5026 HPIST5426HPIST2026 HPIST2626 HPIST2826 HPIST3026 HPIST2028 HPIST2628 HPIST2828 HPIST3028 HPIST2030 HPIST2630 HPIST2830 HPIST3030 HPIST3224 HPIST3226 HPIST3228 HPIST3230 HPIST4028 HPIST5028 HPIST5428 HPIST4030 HPIST5030 HPIST5430 HPIST6024 HPIST6026 HPIST6028 HPIST6030 HPIST6424 HPIST6426 HPIST6428 HPIST6430 R.O.F.S.1' 3" 1' 21/2" 1' 5" 1' 41/2" 1' 7" 1' 61/2" 1' 9" 1' 81/2"1' 21/ 2"1' 2"1' 41/2" 1' 4" 1' 6 1/2" 1' 6" 1' 81/2"1' 8"2' 01/2"2' 0"HPIST1212 HPIST1412 HPIST1612 HPIST1812 HPIST1214 HPIST1414 HPIST1614 HPIST1814 HPIST1216 HPIST1416 HPIST1616 HPIST1816 HPIST1218 HPIST1418 HPIST1618 HPIST1818 HPIST1220 HPIST1420 HPIST1620 HPIST1820 R.O.F.S.1' 3" 1' 21/2" 1' 5" 1' 41/2" 1' 7" 1' 61/2" 1' 9" 1' 81/2"2' 41/2"2' 4"2' 61/2"2' 6"2' 81/2"2' 8"3' 01/2"3' 0"HPIST1224 HPIST1424 HPIST1624 HPIST1824 HPIST1226 HPIST1426 HPIST1626 HPIST1826 HPIST1228 HPIST1428 HPIST1628 HPIST1828 HPIST1230 HPIST1430 HPIST1630 HPIST1830 NOTES If glass is positioned within 18" of the finished floor, safety/tempered glass may be required. Local codes may differ. Verify tempered glass requirements with your local building code official. Use structural joining material when necessary or required by code. The light patterns illustrated apply to removable interior wood grilles, Full Divided Light, Simulated Divided Light, Decorelle 100, 150 and 400 and Finelight™ Grilles-Between-the-Glass. All removable interior wood grilles will be installed in the units unless otherwise specified. The staggered light patterns illustrated align with light patterns in double doors. Other light patterns are available upon request. For a metric conversion in millimeters, multiply dimensions in inches by 25.4. FORMULA FOR COMBINATION DOORS The overall frame dimension (both width and height) is equal to the sum of the individual unit frame dimensions plus joining material dimension(s). The overall rough opening (both width and height) is equal to the overall frame dimensions plus 1/4" on all sides. Any unit within each combination can be operating or stationary except for direct-set units and transoms. Hinged Inswing Patio Door Sash-Set Transom Sizes Hinged Inswing Patio Door Sash-Set Transom Sizes DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 120 ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. Hinged Inswing Patio Door Direct-Set Elliptical Sizes (Specialty Frame)F.S.R.O.2' 0 1/2"2' 0 "2' 6 1/2" 2' 7" 2' 8 1/2" 2' 9" 3' 1" 3' 0 1/2" 3' 3" 3' 2 1/2"5' 4" 5' 4 1/2" 5' 0" 5' 0 1/2" 4' 0" 4' 0 1/2"F.S.R.O.2' 0 1/2"2' 0 "7' 7 1/2" 7' 7"9' 1" 9' 1 1/2"8' 1 1/2" 8' 1" TR 5' 0" X 2' 0" TR 7' 7" X 2' 0" TR 5' 4" X 2' 0"TR 3' 01/2" X 2' 0" TR 3' 21/2" X 2' 0" TR 2' 81/2" X 2' 0" TR 2' 61/2" X 2' 0" TR 8' 1" X 2' 0" TR 9' 1" X 2' 0" TR 4' 0" X 2' 0" 6' 0 1/2" 6' 0" 6' 4 1/2" 6' 4" TR 6' 0" X 2'0" TR 6' 4" X 2'0"F.S.R.O.1' 4 1/2"1' 4 "4' 0" 5' 0" 5' 0 1/2" 5' 4" 5' 4 1/2" 6' 0" 6' 0 1/2" TE 3' 0 1/2" X 1' 4" TE 4' 0" X 1' 4" TE 5' 0 " X 1' 4" TE 5' 4 " X 1' 4" TE 6' 0 " X 1' 4" 3' 0 1/2" 3' 1" 4' 0 1/2"F.S.R.O.7' 7" 1' 6 1/2"1' 6 "7' 7 1/ 2" 8' 1" 8' 1 1/2" 9' 1" 9' 1 1/2" TE 7' 7" X 1' 6" TE 8' 1" X 1' 6" TE 9' 1" X 1' 6" NOTES If glass is positioned within 18" of the finished floor, safety/tempered glass may be required. Local codes may differ. Verify tempered glass requirements with your local building code official. 2' 6-1/2" wide transoms are used above 2668, 26610 or 2680 Hinged Inswing Patio Doors. 2' 8-1/2" wide transoms are used above 2868, 28610 or 2880 Hinged Inswing Patio Doors. 3' 0-1/2" wide transoms are used above 3068, 30610 or 3080 Hinged Inswing Patio Doors. 4' 0" wide transoms are used above 4068, 40610 or 4080 Hinged Inswing Patio Doors. 5' 0" wide transoms are used above 5068, 50610 or 5080 Hinged Inswing Patio Doors. 5' 4" wide transoms are used above 5468, 54610 or 5480 Hinged Inswing Patio Doors. 6' 0" wide transoms are used above 6068, 60610 or 6080 Hinged Inswing Patio Doors. 7' 7" wide transoms are used above 5068/50610/5080 Hinged Inswing Patio Doors with 2668/26610/2680 Sidelights. 8' 1" wide transoms are used above 5468/54610/5480 Hinged Inswing Patio Doors with 2868/28610/2880 Sidelights. 9' 1" wide transoms are used above 6068/60610/6080 Hinged Inswing Patio Doors with 3068/30610/3080 Sidelights. Use structural joining material when necessary or required by code. The light patterns illustrated apply to removable interior wood grilles, Full Divided Light, Simulated Divided Light, Decorelle 100, 150 and 400 and Finelight™ Grilles-Between-the-Glass. All removable interior wood grilles will be installed in the units unless otherwise specified. The staggered light patterns illustrated align with light patterns in double doors. Other light patterns are available upon request. For a metric conversion in millimeters, multiply dimensions in inches by 25.4. FORMULA FOR COMBINATION DOORS The overall frame dimension (both width and height) is equal to the sum of the individual unit frame dimensions plus joining material dimension(s). The overall rough opening (both width and height) is equal to the overall frame dimensions plus 1/4" on all sides. Any unit within each combination can be operating or stationary except for direct-set units and transoms. Hinged Inswing Patio Door Direct-Set Transom Sizes (Specialty Frame)E-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 121HINGED PATIO DOORS Specifications ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. Hinged Inswing Patio Door Direct-Set Transom SizesF.S. R.O.5' 0" 5' 0 1/2"2' 6 1/2"2' 6 "THC 5' 0" X 2' 6" F.S. R.O.5' 4" 5' 4 1/2"2' 8 1/2"2' 8 "THC 5' 4" X 2' 8" F.S.R.O.6' 0" 6' 0 1/2"3' 0 1/2"3' 0 "THC 6' 0" X 3' 0"F.S. R.O.7' 7" 7' 7 1/2"3' 10"3' 9 1/2"THC 7' 7" X 3' 9 1/2" F.S.R.O.8' 1" 8' 1 1/2" 4' 1"4' 0 1/2 "THC 8' 1" X 4' 0 1/2" F.S.R.O.9' 1" 9' 1 1/2"4' 7"4' 6 1/2 "THC 9' 1" X 4' 6 1/2"F.S.R.O.2' 7" 2' 6 1/2"1' 3 3/4"1' 3 1/4"THC 2' 6 1/2" X 1' 3 1/4" F.S.R.O.2' 9" 2' 8 1/2"1' 4 3/4"1' 4 1/4"THC 2' 8 1/2" X 1' 4 1/4" F.S.R.O.3' 1" 3' 0 1/2"1' 6 3/4"1' 6 1/4"THC 3' 0 1/2" X 1' 6 1/4" F.S.R.O.4' 0" 4' 0 1/2"2' 0 1/2"2' 0 "THC 4' 0" X 2' 0"R.O.F.S. 2' 1" 2' 01/2" 2' 7" 2' 6 1/2" 2' 9" 2' 81/2" 3' 1" 3' 01/2" 3' 3" 3' 21/2" 4' 01/2" 4' 0" 5' 01/2" 5' 0" 5' 41/2" 5' 4" 6' 01/2" 6' 0" 6' 41/2" 6' 4"1' 21/2"1' 2" 1' 41/2" 1' 4" 1' 61/2"1' 6"1' 81/2"1' 8"2' 01/2"2' 0"HPIDT2012 HPIDT2612 HPIDT2812 HPIDT3012 HPIDT4012 HPIDT5012 HPIDT5412 HPIDT4014 HPIDT5014 HPIDT5414HPIDT2014 HPIDT2614 HPIDT2814 HPIDT3014 HPIDT2016 HPIDT2616 HPIDT2816 HPIDT3016 HPIDT2018 HPIDT2618 HPIDT2818 HPIDT3018 HPIDT2020 HPIDT2620 HPIDT2820 HPIDT3020 HPIDT3212 HPIDT3214 HPIDT3216 HPIDT3218 HPIDT3220 HPIDT4016 HPIDT5016 HPIDT5416 HPIDT4018 HPIDT5018 HPIDT5418 HPIDT4020 HPIDT5020 HPIDT5420 HPIDT6012 HPIDT6014 HPIDT6016 HPIDT6018 HPIDT6020 HPIDT6412 HPIDT6414 HPIDT6416 HPIDT6418 HPIDT6420 Hinged Inswing Patio Door Direct-Set Half Circle Sizes (Specialty Frame) NOTES If glass is positioned within 18" of the finished floor, safety/tempered glass may be required. Local codes may differ. Verify tempered glass requirements with your local building code official. 2' 6-1/2" wide transoms are used above 2668, 26610 or 2680 Hinged Inswing Patio Doors. 2' 8-1/2" wide transoms are used above 2868, 28610 or 2880 Hinged Inswing Patio Doors. 3' 0-1/2" wide transoms are used above 3068, 30610 or 3080 Hinged Inswing Patio Doors. 4' 0" wide transoms are used above 4068, 40610 or 4080 Hinged Inswing Patio Doors. 5' 0" wide transoms are used above 5068, 50610 or 5080 Hinged Inswing Patio Doors. 5' 4" wide transoms are used above 5468, 54610 or 5480 Hinged Inswing Patio Doors. 6' 0" wide transoms are used above 6068, 60610 or 6080 Hinged Inswing Patio Doors. 7' 7" wide transoms are used above 5068/50610/5080 Hinged Inswing Patio Doors with 2668/26610/2680 Sidelights. 8' 1" wide transoms are used above 5468/54610/5480 Hinged Inswing Patio Doors with 2868/28610/2880 Sidelights. 9' 1" wide transoms are used above 6068/60610/6080 Hinged Inswing Patio Doors with 3068/30610/3080 Sidelights. Use structural joining material when necessary or required by code. The light patterns illustrated apply to removable interior wood grilles, Full Divided Light, Simulated Divided Light, Decorelle 100, 150 and 400 and Finelight™ Grilles-Between-the-Glass. All removable interior wood grilles will be installed in the units unless otherwise specified. The staggered light patterns illustrated align with light patterns in double doors. Other light patterns are available upon request. For a metric conversion in millimeters, multiply dimensions in inches by 25.4. FORMULA FOR COMBINATION DOORS The overall frame dimension (both width and height) is equal to the sum of the individual unit frame dimensions plus joining material dimension(s). The overall rough opening (both width and height) is equal to the overall frame dimensions plus 1/4" on all sides. Any unit within each combination can be operating or stationary except for direct-set units and transoms. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 122 ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE.R.O.F.S.2' 1" 2' 01/2" 2' 7" 2' 61/2" 2' 9" 2' 81/2" 3' 1" 3' 01/2" 3' 3" 3' 2 1/2" 4' 01/2" 4' 0" 5' 01/2" 5' 0" 5' 41/2" 5' 4" 6' 01/2" 6' 0" 6' 41/2" 6' 4"2' 41/2"2' 4"2' 61/2"2' 6"2' 81/2"2' 8"3' 01/2"3' 0"HPIDT2024 HPIDT2624 HPIDT2824 HPIDT3024 HPIDT4024 HPIDT5024 HPIDT5424 HPIDT4026 HPIDT5026 HPIDT5426 HPIDT2026 HPIDT2626 HPIDT2826 HPIDT3026 HPIDT2028 HPIDT2628 HPIDT2828 HPIDT3028 HPIDT2030 HPIDT2630 HPIDT2830 HPIDT3030 HPIDT4028 HPIDT5028 HPIDT5428 HPIDT4030 HPIDT5030 HPIDT5430 HPIDT6024 HPIDT6026 HPIDT6028 HPIDT6030 HPIDT3224 HPIDT3226 HPIDT3228 HPIDT3230 HPIDT6424 HPIDT6426 HPIDT26428 HPIDT6430 R.O.F.S.1' 3" 1' 21/2" 1' 5" 1' 41/2" 1' 7" 1' 6 1/2" 1' 9" 1' 81/2"1' 21/2"1' 2"1' 41/2" 1' 4" 1' 6 1/2" 1' 6" 1' 81/2"1' 8"2' 01/2"2' 0"HPIDT1212 HPIDT1412 HPIDT1612 HPIDT1812 HPIDT1214 HPIDT1414 HPIDT1614 HPIDT1814 HPIDT1216 HPIDT1416 HPIDT1616 HPIDT1816 HPIDT1218 HPIDT1418 HPIDT1618 HPIDT1818 HPIDT1220 HPIDT1420 HPIDT1620 HPIDT1820 2' 41/2"2' 4"2' 61/2"2' 6"2' 81/2"2' 8"3' 01/2"3' 0"HPIDT1224 HPIDT1424 HPIDT1624 HPIDT1824 HPIDT1226 HPIDT1426 HPIDT1626 HPIDT1826 HPIDT1228 HPIDT1428 HPIDT1628 HPIDT1828 HPIDT1230 HPIDT1430 HPIDT1630 HPIDT1830 Hinged Inswing Patio Door Direct-Set Transom Sizes Hinged Inswing Patio Door Direct-Set Transom Sizes NOTES If glass is positioned within 18" of the finished floor, safety/tempered glass may be required. Local codes may differ. Verify tempered glass requirements with your local building code official. Use structural joining material when necessary or required by code. The light patterns illustrated apply to removable interior wood grilles, Full Divided Light, Simulated Divided Light, Decorelle 100, 150 and 400 and Finelight™ Grilles-Between-the- Glass. All removable interior wood grilles will be installed in the units unless otherwise specified. The staggered light patterns illustrated align with light patterns in double doors. Other light patterns are available upon request. For a metric conversion in millimeters, multiply dimensions in inches by 25.4. FORMULA FOR COMBINATION DOORS The overall frame dimension (both width and height) is equal to the sum of the individual unit frame dimensions plus joining material dimension(s). The overall rough opening (both width and height) is equal to the overall frame dimensions plus 1/4" on all sides. Any unit within each combination can be operating or stationary except for direct-set units and transoms.E-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 123HINGED PATIO DOORS Specifications ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE.R.O.F.S.2' 1" 2' 0 1/ 2" 6' 8"6' 8 1/2"6' 10"6' 10 1/2"8' 0"8' 0 1/2"2' 7" 2' 6 1/2" 2' 9" 2' 8 1/2" 3' 1" 3' 0 1/2" RHPI 2068 S,AL,AR RHPI 2668 S,AL,AR RHPI 2868 S,AL,AR RHPI 3068 S,AL,AR RHPI 20610 S,AL,AR RHPI 26610 S,AL,AR RHPI 28610 S,AL,AR RHPI 30610 S,AL,AR RHPI 2080 S,AL,AR RHPI 2680 S,AL,AR RHPI 2880 S,AL,AR RHPI 3080 S,AL,AR R.O.F.S.4' 0 1/2" 4' 0" 5' 0 1/2" 5' 0" 5' 4 1/2" 5' 4" 6' 0 1/2" 6' 0"6' 8 1/2"6' 8 "6' 10 1/2"6' 10 "8' 0 1/2"8' 0 "RHPI 4068 APLR,PALR RHPI 5068 APLR,PALR RHPI 5468 APLR,PALR RHPI 6068 APLR,PALR RHPI 60610 APLR,PALR RHPI 54610 APLR,PALR RHPI 50610 APLR,PALR RHPI 40610 APLR,PALR RHPI 4080 APLR,PALR RHPI 5080 APLR,PALR RHPI 5480 APLR,PALR RHPI 6080 APLR,PALR Double Arch Inswing Patio Door Sizes NOTES All doors and sidelights use safety/tempered glass. Single doors have a 3' 0" radius. Double doors have a 5' 0" radius. See handing chart on page 130 for operation options. Use structural joining material when necessary or required by code. The light patterns illustrated apply to removable interior wood grilles, Full Divided Light, Simulated Divided Light, Decorelle 100, 150 and 400 and Finelight™ Grilles-Between-the-Glass. All removable wood grilles will be installed in the units unless otherwise specified. For a metric conversion in millimeters, multiply dimensions in inches by 25.4. FORMULA FOR COMBINATION DOORS The overall frame dimension (both width and height) is equal to the sum of the individual unit frame dimensions plus joining material dimension(s). The overall rough opening (both width and height) is equal to the overall frame dimensions plus 1/4" on all sides. Any unit within each combination can be operating or stationary except for direct-set units and transoms. Inswing Frame Height (using Low Threshold Sill) = Standard Inswing Frame Height – 15/16" Single Arch Inswing Patio Door & Sidelight Sizes DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 124 3 1/2 1 1/16 4 9/16 3/41 3/81 3/32 1 9/32 2 51/64 3/41 11/16 4 9/16 27/32 2 7/32 1 1 15/16 5 9/16 DLO 9 15/16 FRAME HEIGHT3/4 3 1/2 1 1/16 4 9/16 3/4 1 3/8 FRAME WIDTH 5 19/32 DLO 5 19/32 ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE.R.O.F.S.6' 1" 1/6' 2" 6' 3" 1/26' 6 " 6' 7"6' 8 1/2"6' 8 "6' 10 1/2"6' 10 "8' 0 1/2"8' 0 "1-8S/2668 AL,AR/1-8S 1-8S/2868 AL,AR/1-8S 1-8S/3068 AL,AR/1-8S 1-8S/30610 AL,AR/1-8S1-8S/28610 AL,AR/1-8S1-8S/26610 AL,AR/1-8S 1-8S/2680 AL,AR/1-8S 1-8S/2880 AL,AR/1-8S 1-8S/3080 AL,AR/1-8S 1/6' 2 2" NOTES All doors and sidelights use safety/tempered glass. 3-wide doors have a 5' 0" radius. See handing chart on page 130 for operation options. Use structural joining material when necessary or required by code. The light patterns illustrated apply to removable interior wood grilles, Full Divided Light, Simulated Divided Light, Decorelle 100, 150 and 400 and Finelight™ Grilles-Between-the-Glass. All removable interior wood grilles will be installed in the units unless otherwise specified. For a metric conversion in millimeters, multiply dimensions in inches by 25.4. FORMULA FOR COMBINATION DOORS The overall frame dimension (both width and height) is equal to the sum of the individual unit frame dimensions plus joining material dimension(s). The overall rough opening (both width and height) is equal to the overall frame dimensions plus 1/4" on all sides. Any unit within each combination can be operating or stationary except for arch sidelights. Inswing Frame Height Formula (using Low Threshold Sill) = Standard Inswing Frame Height – 15/16" 3-Wide Arch Inswing Patio Door & Sidelight Sizes Hinged Inswing Patio Doors (3-1/2" Jamb Depth) Vertical Section Horizontal Section Astragal SEE OPPOSITE PAGE FOR INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE NOTES. Shown with ovolo (colonial) glass stops. Visit our website to see transom and sidelight units with 3 1/2" jamb depth. POST DOOR ASTRAGAL 2 DOUBLE DOOR ASTRAGAL 1 29/32E-Series Windows & DoorsCENTER POST DOOR ASTRAGAL DOUBLE DOOR ASTRAGAL DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 125HINGED PATIO DOORS Specifications ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. Hinged Inswing Patio Doors (4-9/16" Jamb Depth) Vertical Section (Drainage Sill) (Low Threshold Sill) Horizontal Section Astragal Hinged Inswing Patio Door PROPER INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF E-SERIES PRODUCTS IS ESSENTIAL TO ATTAIN OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE AND OPERATION. WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS THAT PROVIDE GUIDELINES FOR PROPER INSTALLATION ARE AVAILABLE BY VISITING ANDERSENWINDOWS.COM Shown with ovolo (colonial) glass stops. CENTER POST DOOR ASTRAGAL DOUBLE DOOR ASTRAGAL DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 126 ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. Inswing Hinged Patio Doors (4-9/16" Jamb Depth) Inswing Sash-Set Sidelight Vertical Section (Drainage Sill) Horizontal Section Astragal PROPER INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF E-SERIES PRODUCTS IS ESSENTIAL TO ATTAIN OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE AND OPERATION. WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS THAT PROVIDE GUIDELINES FOR PROPER INSTALLATION ARE AVAILABLE BY VISITING ANDERSENWINDOWS.COM Shown with ovolo (colonial) glass stops.E-Series Windows & Doors(Low Threshold Sill) STATIONARY-STATIONARY CENTER POST DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 127HINGED PATIO DOORS Specifications ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. Hinged Inswing Patio Doors (4-9/16" Jamb Depth) Inswing Direct-Set Sidelight Inswing Venting Sidelight Vertical Section Vertical Section Horizontal Section Horizontal Section PROPER INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF E-SERIES PRODUCTS IS ESSENTIAL TO ATTAIN OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE AND OPERATION. WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS THAT PROVIDE GUIDELINES FOR PROPER INSTALLATION ARE AVAILABLE BY VISITING ANDERSENWINDOWS.COM Shown with ovolo (colonial) glass stops. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 128 ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. Hinged Inswing Patio Doors (4-9/16" Jamb Depth) Inswing Sash-Set Transom Inswing Direct-Set Transom Vertical Section Vertical Section Horizontal Section Horizontal Section PROPER INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF E-SERIES PRODUCTS IS ESSENTIAL TO ATTAIN OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE AND OPERATION. WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS THAT PROVIDE GUIDELINES FOR PROPER INSTALLATION ARE AVAILABLE BY VISITING ANDERSENWINDOWS.COM Shown with ovolo (colonial) glass stops.E-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 129HINGED PATIO DOORS Specifications ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. Hinged Inswing Patio Doors (6-9/16" Jamb Depth) (Drainage Sill) Horizontal Section Astragal PROPER INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF E-SERIES PRODUCTS IS ESSENTIAL TO ATTAIN OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE AND OPERATION. WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS THAT PROVIDE GUIDELINES FOR PROPER INSTALLATION ARE AVAILABLE BY VISITING ANDERSENWINDOWS.COM Shown with ovolo (colonial) glass stops. Visit our website to see transoms and sidelight units with 6-9/16" jamb depth. Vertical Section (Low Threshold Sill) CENTER POST DOOR ASTRAGALDOUBLE DOOR ASTRAGAL DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 130E-Series Windows & DoorsCONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. Hinged Inswing Patio Door Handing (As Viewed From Exterior) Hinged Outswing Patio Door Handing (As Viewed From Exterior) NOTES The active panel is to the right in each diagram. Double Door Hardware Types We offer three types of hardware on our hinged inswing and outswing patio double doors. (Interior Illustration) Type I Hardware Autolatch® multi-point system on the active panel and a manually operated lever shoot bolt through the astragal. No handle is furnished for the passive panel. Type II Hardware Autolatch multi-point system on the active panel and a dummy handle on the passive panel. The passive panel has a manually operated lever shoot bolt through the astragal. Type III Hardware Autolatch multi-point system on the active panel and a manual shoot bolt operated through the handle on the passive panel. There are two deadbolts operated on the interior by thumb knobs and operated on the exterior by a keyed cylinder on the active panel. OUTSWING SINGLE DOOR AL AREXTERIOR INSWING SINGLE DOOR AL AREXTERIOR INSWING DOUBLE DOOR APLR PALREXTERIOR INSWING CENTER POST DOOR ASL SAR SAL ASR EXTERIOR EXTERIOR OUTSWING DOUBLE DOOR APLR PALR EXTERIOR DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 131HINGED PATIO DOORS Specifications ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE.R.O.F.S.4' 0 9/16" 4' 0 1/16" 5' 0 9/16" 5' 0 1/16" 6' 0 9/16" 6' 0 1/16" 6' 4 9/16" 6' 4 1/16"6' 7 13/16"6' 7 5/16"6' 9 13/16"6' 9 5/16"6' 11 13/16"6' 11 5/16"HPO 4068 APLR,PALR HPO 5068 APLR,PALR HPO 5468 APLR,PALR HPO 6068 APLR,PALR HPO 40610 APLR,PALR HPO 50610 APLR,PALR HPO 54610 APLR,PALR HPO 60610 APLR,PALR HPO 4080 APLR,PALR 5' 4 9/16" 5' 4 1/16" HPO 5080 APLR,PALR HPO 5480 APLR,PALR HPO 6080 APLR,PALR HPO 4070 APLR,PALR HPO 5070 APLR,PALR HPO 5470 APLR,PALR HPO 6070 APLR,PALR HPO 6468 APLR,PALR HPO 64610 APLR,PALR HPO 6480 APLR,PALR HPO 4083 APLR,PALR HPO 5083 APLR,PALR HPO 5483 APLR,PALR HPO 6083 APLR,PALR HPO 6483 APLR,PALR* HPO 6470 APLR,PALR HPO 4073 APLR,PALR HPO 5073 APLR,PALR HPO 5473 APLR,PALR HPO 6073 APLR,PALR HPO 6473 APLR,PALR* 7' 11 13/16"7' 11 5/16"7' 2 13/16"7' 2 5/16"8' 2 13/16"8' 2 5/16"Double Hinged Outswing Patio Door Sizes NOTES All doors and sidelights use safety/tempered glass. The minimum vertical joining material width for doors and sidelights is 1/2". *Commercial sized door panels. See handing chart on page 130 for operation options. Use structural joining material when necessary or required by code. For a metric conversion in millimeters, multiply dimensions in inches by 25.4. FORMULA FOR COMBINATION DOORS The overall frame dimension (both width and height) is equal to the sum of the individual unit frame dimensions plus joining material dimension(s). The overall rough opening (both width and height) is equal to the overall frame dimensions plus 1/4" on all sides. Any unit within each combination can be operating or stationary except for direct-set units and transoms. Outswing Frame Height Formula (using Low Threshold Sill) = Standard Outswing Frame Height – 7/16" DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 132 ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE.R.O.F.S.1' 3" 1' 2 1/ 2" 1' 5" 1' 4 1/2" 1' 7" 1' 6 1/2" 1' 9" 1' 8 1/2" HPO 1268 S HPO 1468 S HPO 1668 S HPO 1868 S HPO 12610 S HPO 14610 S HPO 16610 S HPO 18610 S HPO 1280 S HPO 1480 S HPO 1680 S HPO 1880 S HPO 1283 S HPO 1483 S HPO 1683 S HPO 1883 S6' 7 13/16"6' 7 5/16"6' 9 13/16"6' 9 5/16"6' 11 13/16"6' 11 5/16"HPO 1270 S HPO 1470 S HPO 1670 S HPO 1870 S HPO 1273 S HPO 1473 S HPO 1673 S HPO 1873 S 7' 11 13/16"7' 11 5/16"8' 2 13/16"8' 2 5/16"7' 2 13/16"7' 2 5/16"R.O.F.S.6' 7 13/16"6' 7 5/16"6' 9 13/16"6' 9 5/16"6' 11 13/16"6' 11 5/16"HPO 2068 S,AL,AR HPO 2668 S,AL,AR HPO 2868 S,AL,AR HPO 3068 S,AL,AR HPO 20610 S,AL,AR HPO 26610 S,AL,AR HPO 28610 S,AL,AR HPO 30610 S,AL,AR HPO 2080 S,AL,AR HPO 2680 S,AL,AR HPO 2880 S,AL,AR HPO 3080 S,AL,AR 2' 1" 2' 0 1/2" 2' 7" 2' 6 1/ 2" 3' 1" 3' 0 1 /2" 3' 3" 3' 2 1/2" 2' 9" 2' 8 1/2" HPO 2070 S,AL,AR HPO 2670 S,AL,AR HPO 2870 S,AL,AR HPO 3070 S,AL,AR HPO 3268 S,AL,AR HPO 32610 S,AL,AR HPO 3280 S,AL,AR HPO 2083 S,AL,AR HPO 2683 S,AL,AR HPO 2883 S,AL,AR HPO 3083 S,AL,AR HPO 3283 S,AL,AR HPO 3270 S,AL,AR HPO 2073 S,AL,AR HPO 2673 S,AL,AR HPO 2873 S,AL,AR HPO 3073 S,AL,AR HPO 3273 S,AL,AR 7' 11 13/16"7' 11 5/16"7' 2 13/16"7' 2 5/16"8' 2 13/16"8' 2 5/16"NOTES All doors and sidelights use safety/tempered glass. The minimum vertical joining material width for doors and sidelights is 1/2". When joining a venting sidelight to a door, the minimum vertical joining material width is 2". *Commercial sized door panels. See handing chart on page 130 for operation options. Use structural joining material when necessary or required by code. The light patterns illustrated apply to removable interior wood grilles, Full Divided Light, Simulated Divided Light, Decorelle 100, 150 and 400 and Finelight™ Grilles-Between-the-Glass. All removable interior wood grilles will be installed in the units unless otherwise specified. For a metric conversion in millimeters, multiply dimensions in inches by 25.4. FORMULA FOR COMBINATION DOORS The overall frame dimension (both width and height) is equal to the sum of the individual unit frame dimensions plus joining material dimension(s). The overall rough opening (both width and height) is equal to the overall frame dimensions plus 1/4" on all sides. Any unit within each combination can be operating or stationary except for direct-set units and transoms. Outswing Frame Height Formula (using Low Threshold Sill) = Standard Outswing Frame Height – 7/16" Outswing Sash-Set Sidelight Sizes Single Hinged Outswing Patio Door & Sidelight SizesE-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 133HINGED PATIO DOORS Specifications ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE.R.O.F.S.2' 1" 2' 01/2" 2' 7" 2' 61/2" 2' 9" 2' 81/2" 3' 1" 3' 01/2" 3' 3" 3' 2 1/2" 4' 09/16" 4' 01/16" 5' 09/16" 5' 01/16" 5' 49/16" 5' 41/16" 6' 09/16" 6' 01/16" 6' 49/16" 6' 41/16"1' 21/2"1' 2"1' 41/2" 1' 4" 1' 6 1/2" 1' 6" 1' 81/2"1' 8"2' 01/2"2' 0"HPOST2012 HPOST2612 HPOST2812 HPOST3012 HPOST4012 HPOST5012 HPOST5412 HPOST4014 HPOST5014 HPOST5414HPOST2014 HPOST2614 HPOST2814 HPOST3014 HPOST2016 HPOST2616 HPOST2816 HPOST3016 HPOST2018 HPOST2618 HPOST2818 HPOST3018 HPOST2020 HPOST2620 HPOST2820 HPOST3020 HPOST3212 HPOST3214 HPOST3216 HPOST3218 HPOST3220 HPOST4016 HPOST5016 HPOST5416 HPOST4018 HPOST5018 HPOST5418 HPOST4020 HPOST5020 HPOST5420 HPOST6012 HPOST6014 HPOST6016 HPOST6018 HPOST6020 HPOST6412 HPOST6414 HPOST6416 HPOST6418 HPOST6420 2' 41/2"2' 4"2' 61/2"2' 6"2' 81/2"2' 8"3' 01/2"3' 0"HPOST2024 HPOST2624 HPOST2824 HPOST3024 HPOST4024 HPOST5024 HPOST5424 HPOST4026 HPOST5026 HPOST5426 HPOST2026 HPOST2626 HPOST2826 HPOST3026 HPOST2028 HPOST2628 HPOST2828 HPOST3028 HPOST2030 HPOST2630 HPOST2830 HPOST3030 HPOST3224 HPOST3226 HPOST3228 HPOST3230 HPOST4028 HPOST5028 HPOST5428 HPOST4030 HPOST5030 HPOST5430 HPOST6024 HPOST6026 HPOST6028 HPOST6030 HPOST6424 HPOST6426 HPOST6428 HPOST6430 R.O.F.S.1' 3" 1' 21/2" 1' 5" 1' 41/2" 1' 7" 1' 61/2" 1' 9" 1' 8 1/2"1' 21/2"1' 2"1' 41/2" 1' 4" 1' 61/2"1' 6"1' 81/2"1' 8"2' 01/2"2' 0"HPOST1212 HPOST1412 HPOST1612 HPOST1812 HPOST1214 HPOST1414 HPOST1614 HPOST1814 HPOST1216 HPOST1416 HPOST1616 HPOST1816 HPOST1218 HPOST1418 HPOST1618 HPOST1818 HPOST1220 HPOST1420 HPOST1620 HPOST1820 R.O.F.S.1' 3" 1' 21/2" 1' 5" 1' 4 1/2" 1' 7" 1' 61/2" 1' 9" 1' 81/2"2' 41/2"2' 4"2' 61/2"2' 6"2' 81/2"2' 8"3' 01/2"3' 0"HPOST1224 HPOST1424 HPOST1624 HPOST1824 HPOST1226 HPOST1426 HPOST1626 HPOST1826 HPOST1228 HPOST1428 HPOST1628 HPOST1828 HPOST1230 HPOST1430 HPOST1630 HPOST1830 Hinged Outswing Patio Door Sash-Set Transom Sizes Hinged Outswing Patio Door Sash-Set Transom Sizes Hinged Outswing Patio Door Sash-Set Transom Sizes NOTES If glass is positioned within 18" of the finished floor, safety/tempered glass may be required. Local codes may differ. Verify tempered glass requirements with your local building code official. Use structural joining material when necessary or required by code. The light patterns illustrated apply to removable interior wood grilles, Full Divided Light, Simulated Divided Light, Decorelle 100, 150 and 400 and Finelight™ Grilles-Between-the-Glass. All removable interior wood grilles will be installed in the units unless otherwise specified. The staggered light patterns illustrated align with light patterns in double doors. Other light patterns are available upon request. For a metric conversion in millimeters, multiply dimensions in inches by 25.4. FORMULA FOR COMBINATION DOORS The overall frame dimension (both width and height) is equal to the sum of the individual unit frame dimensions plus joining material dimension(s). The overall rough opening (both width and height) is equal to the overall frame dimensions plus 1/4" on all sides. Any unit within each combination can be operating or stationary except for direct-set units and transoms. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 134 SEE NOTES ON OPPOSITE PAGE FOR MORE INFORMATION. ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. Hinged Outswing Patio Door Direct-Set Elliptical Sizes (Specialty Frame) Hinged Outswing Patio Door Direct-Set Half Circle Sizes (Specialty Frame)F.S.R.O.1' 41/2"1' 4 "4' 01/16"5' 01/16" 5' 09/16" 5' 41/16" 5' 49/16" 6' 01/16" 6' 09/16" ELP 3' 01/2" X 1' 4" ELP 4' 01/16" X 1' 4" ELP 5' 01/16" X 1' 4" ELP 5' 41/16" X 1' 4" ELP 6' 01/16" X 1' 4" 3' 01/2" 3' 1 1/4" 4' 09/16"F.S.R.O.7' 71/16"1' 6 1/2"1' 6 "7' 79/16" 8' 1 1/16" 8' 1 9/16" 9' 1 1/16" 9' 1 9/16" ELP 7' 71/16" X 1' 6" ELP 8' 1 1/16" X 1' 6" ELP 9' 1 1/16" X 1' 6"F.S.R.O.2' 7" 2' 61/2"1' 3 3/4"1' 3 1/4"THC 2' 61/2" X 1' 31/4" F.S.R.O.2' 9" 2' 81/2"1' 4 3/4"1' 4 1/4"THC 2' 81/2" X 1' 41/4" F.S.R.O.3' 1" 3' 01/2"1' 6 3/4"1' 6 1/4"THC 3' 01/2" X 1' 61/4" F.S.R.O.4' 01/16" 4' 09/16"2' 0 17/32"2' 01/32 "THC 4' 01/16" X 2' 6 1 /32"F.S.R.O.5' 01/16" 5' 09/16"2' 617/32"2' 61/32 "THC 5' 01/16" X 2' 61/32"F.S. R.O.5' 41/16" 5' 49/16"2' 817/32"2' 81/32 "THC 5' 41/16" X 2' 81/32" F.S. R.O.6' 01/16" 6' 09/16"3' 017/32"3' 01/32 "THC 6' 01/16" X 3' 01/32" F.S. R.O.7' 71/16" 7' 79/16"3' 101/32"3' 917/32"THC 7' 71/16" X 3' 917/32" F.S.R.O.8' 1 1/16" 8' 1 9/16"4' 1 1/32"4' 017/32"THC 8' 1 1/16" X 4' 017/32" F.S.R.O.9' 1 1/16" 9' 1 9/16"4' 71/32"4' 617/32"THC 9' 1 1/16" X 4' 617/32" Hinged Outswing Patio Door Direct-Set Transom Sizes (Specialty Frame)F.S.R.O.2' 0 1/2"2' 0 "2' 6 1/2" 2' 7" 2' 8 1/2" 2' 9" 3' 1" 3' 0 1/2" 3' 3" 3' 2 1/2"5' 4 1/16" 5' 4 9/16" 5' 0 1/16" 5' 0 9/16" 4' 0 1/16" 4' 0 9/16"F.S.R.O.2' 0 1/2"2' 0 "7' 7 9/16" 7' 7 1/16"9' 1 1/16" 9' 1 9/16"8' 1 9/16" 8' 1 1/16" RECT 5' 01/16" X 2' 0" RECT 7' 71/16" X 2' 0" RECT 5' 41/16" X 2' 0"RECT 3' 01/2" X 2' 0" RECT 3' 21/2" X 2' 0" RECT 2' 81/2" X 2' 0" RECT 2' 61/2" X 2' 0" RECT 8' 11/16" X 2' 0" RECT 9' 11/16" X 2' 0" RECT 4' 01/16" X 2' 0" 6' 0 9/16" 6' 0 1/16" 6' 4 9/16" 6' 4 1/16" RECT 6' 01/16" X 2'0" RECT 6' 41/16" X 2'0" NOTES If glass is positioned within 18" of the finished floor, safety/tempered glass may be required. Local codes may differ. Verify tempered glass requirements with your local building code official. 2' 6-1/2" wide transoms are used above 2668, 26610 or 2680 Hinged Outswing Patio Doors. 2' 8-1/2" wide transoms are used above 2868, 28610 or 2880 Hinged Outswing Patio Doors. 3' 0-1/2" wide transoms are used above 3068, 30610 or 3080 Hinged Outswing Patio Doors. 4' 0" wide transoms are used above 4068, 40610 or 4080 Hinged Outswing Patio Doors. 5' 0" wide transoms are used above 5068, 50610 or 5080 Hinged Outswing Patio Doors. 5' 4" wide transoms are used above 5468, 54610 or 5480 Hinged Outswing Patio Doors. 6' 0" wide transoms are used above 6068, 60610 or 6080 Hinged Outswing Patio Doors. 7' 7" wide transoms are used above 5068/50610/5080 Hinged Outswing Patio Doors with 2668/26610/2680 Sidelights. 8' 1" wide transoms are used above 5468/54610/5480 Hinged Outswing Patio Doors with 2868/28610/2880 Sidelights. 9' 1" wide transoms are used above 6068/60610/6080 Hinged Outswing Patio Doors with 3068/30610/3080 Sidelights. The light patterns illustrated apply to removable interior wood grilles, Full Divided Light, Simulated Divided Light, Decorelle 100, 150 and 400 and Finelight™ Grilles-Between-the-Glass. All removable interior wood grilles will be installed in the units unless otherwise specified. The staggered light patterns illustrated align with light patterns in double doors. Other light patterns are available upon request.E-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM NOTES All doors and sidelights use safety/tempered glass. Single doors have a 3' 0" radius. Double doors have a 5' 0" radius. See handing chart on page 130 for operation options. Use structural joining material when necessary or required by code. The light patterns illustrated apply to removable interior wood grilles, Full Divided Light, Simulated Divided Light, Decorelle 100, 150 and 400 and Finelight™ Grilles-Between-the-Glass. All removable interior wood grilles will be installed in the units unless otherwise specified. For a metric conversion in millimeters, multiply dimensions in inches by 25.4. FORMULA FOR COMBINATION DOORS The overall frame dimension (both width and height) is equal to the sum of the individual unit frame dimensions plus joining material dimension(s). The overall rough opening (both width and height) is equal to the overall frame dimensions plus 1/4" on all sides. Any unit within each combination can be operating or stationary except for direct-set units and transoms. 135HINGED PATIO DOORS Specifications ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. Double Arch Outswing Patio Door SizesR.O.F.S.2' 0 1/2" 2' 6 1/2" 2' 8 1/2" 3' 0 1/2" RHPO 2068 S,AL,AR RHPO 2668 S,AL,AR RHPO 2868 S,AL,AR RHPO 3068 S,AL,AR RHPO 20610 S,AL,AR RHPO 26610 S,AL,AR RHPO 28610 S,AL,AR RHPO 30610 S,AL,AR RHPO 2080 S,AL,AR RHPO 2680 S,AL,AR RHPO 2880 S,AL,AR RHPO 3080 S,AL,AR 2' 1 " 2' 7 " 2' 9 " 3' 1 "6' 7 13/16"6' 7 5/16"6' 9 13/16"6' 9 5/16"7' 11 13/16"7' 11 5/16"R.O.F.S.RHPO 4068 APLR,PALR RHPO 5468 APLR,PALR RHPO 6068 APLR,PALR RHPO 60610APLR,PALR RHPO 54610APLR,PALR RHPO 5480APLR,PALR RHPO 6080APLR,PALR RHPO 5068 APLR,PALR RHPO 50610APLR,PALR RHPO 40610APLR,PALR RHPO 4080APLR,PALR RHPO 5080APLR,PALR 4' 0 9/16" 4' 0 1/16" 5' 0 9/16" 5' 0 1/16" 5' 4 9/16" 5' 4 1/16" 6' 0 9/16" 6' 0 1/16"6' 7 13/16"6' 7 5/16"6' 9 13/16"6' 9 5/16"7' 11 5/16"7' 11 13/16"Outswing Frame Height Formula (using Low Threshold Sill) = Standard Outswing Frame Height – 7/16" Single Arch Outswing Patio Door & Sidelight Sizes DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 136 NOTES All doors and sidelights use safety/tempered glass. 3-wide doors have a 5' 0" radius. CPS doors shown with optional mid-rail. See handing chart on page 130 for operation options. Use structural joining material when necessary or required by code. The light patterns illustrated apply to removable interior wood grilles, Full Divided Light, Simulated Divided Light, Decorelle 100, 150 and 400 and Finelight™ Grilles-Between-the-Glass. All removable interior wood grilles will be installed in the units unless otherwise specified. For a metric conversion in millimeters, multiply dimensions in inches by 25.4. FORMULA FOR COMBINATION DOORS The overall frame dimension (both width and height) is equal to the sum of the individual unit frame dimensions plus joining material dimension(s). The overall rough opening (both width and height) is equal to the overall frame dimensions plus 1/4" on all sides. Any unit within each combination can be operating or stationary except for arch sidelights. ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE.R.O.F.S.6' 1" 1/6' 2" 6' 3" 1/26' 6 " 6' 7" 1-8S/2668 AL,AR/1-8S 1-8S/2868 AL,AR/1-8S 1-8S/3068 AL,AR/1-8S 1-8S/30610 AL,AR/1-8S1-8S/28610 AL,AR/1-8S 1-8S/26610 AL,AR/1-8S 1-8S/2680 AL,AR/1-8S 1-8S/2880 AL,AR/1-8S 1-8S/3080 AL,AR/1-8S 1/ 6' 2 2" 6' 9 13/16"7' 11 13/16"7' 11 5/16"6' 9 5/16"6' 7 13/16"6' 7 5/16"Outswing Frame Height Formula* (using Low Threshold Sill) = Standard Outswing Frame Height – 7/16" *Does not apply to Concealed Panic System (CPS) doors 3-Wide Arch Outswing Patio Door & Sidelight Sizes R.O.F.S.3' 3" 6' 4-9/16" 3' 2-1/2" 6' 4-1/16"7' 2-3/8"8' 2-3/8"8' 1-7/8"7' 1-7/8"CPS6473CPS3273 CPS3283 CPS6483 Concealed Panic System (CPS) Door SizesE-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM ABOUT EAGLE Introduction137HINGED PATIO DOORSSpecifications ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. Hinged Outswing Patio Doors 4 9/161 1/16 5 5/8 3/83/41 1/42 5/16 1 1/16 1/26 1/413/16 FRAME HEIGHT5 9/16DLO 8 13/16 Vertical Section (On-Floor Sill) (Low Threshold Sill) Hinged Outswing Patio Door 4 9/16 1 1/16 5 5/8 3/83/41 1/42 5/16 2 1/841/641/261/645 5/8 1 1/16 STANDARD SILL1 1/4FRAME HEIGHT5 9/16DLO 9 1/4 ASTRAGAL 3/4 1 7/8 COMMERCIAL ASTRAGAL 15/16 CPS ASTRAGAL 3 1/4 5/16 Astragal 4 9/161 1/16 5 5/81 1/4 3/8 3/4 5 19/32 DLO 5 19/32 FRAME WIDTH Horizontal Section PROPER INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF E-SERIES PRODUCTS IS ESSENTIAL TO ATTAIN OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE AND OPERATION. WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS THAT PROVIDE GUIDELINES FOR PROPER INSTALLATION ARE AVAILABLE BY VISITING ANDERSENWINDOWS.COM Shown with ovolo (colonial) glass stops. CONCEALED PANIC SYSTEM ASTRAGAL COMMERCIAL DOOR ASTRAGAL OUTSWING PATIO DOOR ASTRAGAL DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 138 ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. Hinged Outswing Patio Doors 4 9/16 1 1/16 5 5/8 3/83/41 1/41 7/32 2 1/841/641/261/645 5/8 3/44 9/161 1/16 5 5/8 3/83/41 1/41 7/32 2 1/841/641/261/645 5/8 3/41 1/413/16 ADA SILLFRAME HEIGHT5 9/16DLO 9 1/4 FRAME HEIGHT5 9/16DLO 8 13/16 POST STATIONARY / STATIONARY 5/84 9/161 1/16 5 5/81 1/4 3/8 3/4 3/4 5 19/32 DLO 5 19/32 FRAME WIDTH (On-Floor Sill) (To Align with Low Threshold Sill) Vertical Section Outswing Sash-Set Sidelight Horizontal Section PROPER INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF E-SERIES PRODUCTS IS ESSENTIAL TO ATTAIN OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE AND OPERATION. WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS THAT PROVIDE GUIDELINES FOR PROPER INSTALLATION ARE AVAILABLE BY VISITING ANDERSENWINDOWS.COM Shown with ovolo (colonial) glass stops.E-Series Windows & DoorsSTATIONARY-STATIONARY CENTER POST DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM ABOUT EAGLE Introduction139HINGED PATIO DOORSSpecifications ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. Hinged Outswing Patio Doors Outswing Venting Sidelight 4 9/161 1/16 5 5/81 1/4 3/8 3/4 1 13/32 1 1/49/16 1 13/16 2 21/32 3 23/32 DLO 3 19/32 FRAME WIDTH 2 3/649/161/261/645 5/8 4 9/16 1 1/16 5 5/8 3/83/41 1/41 1/16 1 1/4FRAME HEIGHT5 9/16DLO 9 1/4 4 9/161 1/16 5 5/81 1/4 3/8 3/4 3/4 5 19/32 DLO 5 19/32 FRAME WIDTH 4 9/161 1/16 5 5/8 3/83/41 1/41 13/64 FRAME HEIGHT3 21/32DLO 3 21/32 Vertical Section Outswing Sash-Set Transom Vertical Section Horizontal Section Horizontal Section PROPER INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF E-SERIES PRODUCTS IS ESSENTIAL TO ATTAIN OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE AND OPERATION. WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS THAT PROVIDE GUIDELINES FOR PROPER INSTALLATION ARE AVAILABLE BY VISITING ANDERSENWINDOWS.COM Shown with ovolo (colonial) glass stops. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 140 ALDERWOODOLIVEEXTERIOR E-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM Multi-point locking hardware provides a firm, secure seal Tandem ball bearing rollers create smooth operation Gliding Patio Doors Three door panel options are available to create an open view to the outside. Choose from our traditional 8" or 12" bottom rail options, or our thinner profile for a more contemporary look. 141GLIDING PATIO DOORS Overview DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 142 Frame & Panel 1 Select wood components are kiln dried, and treated with water/insect repellent and preservative. Interior wood surfaces are available in pine, mixed grain douglas fir, cherry, hickory, mahogany,* maple, oak, walnut, alder or vertical grain douglas fir. Interior surfaces are available unfinished or factory primed. Optional factory-applied finishes are available in a variety of stain and paint options. 2 Wood components are fitted with aluminum extrusions on the exterior. 50 exterior colors that meet AAMA 2604 and 2605 specifications are available, as well as custom colors. Also available is a selection of seven exterior anodized options. Sill 3 A durable fiberglass sill is an excellent thermal barrier. Stainless steel roller caps provides smooth operation of the door panel. Available in dark bronze or gray. Glazing 4 High-Performance Low-E4® glass with a low-conductivity spacer. Triple-pane glass, tinted, clear dual-pane, high- altitude glass and other special glazing options are available. 5 Glass is fixed in place from the interior with wood stops that can be removed for easy reglazing if necessary. Glass stops available in ovolo (colonial) or contemporary profiles. Weatherstrip The frame consists of foam filled leaf weatherstrip on the exterior creating a weather-resistant pocket for the door panel. A dual weatherstrip seal on the interlock is fitted between the fixed and operating meeting stiles. Hardware 6 Operating panel consists of two tandem ball bearing steel roller assemblies. Stainless steel roller assemblies are available as an option. The multi-point locking system features a unique reachout design that pulls the door panel tightly closed for a weather- tight seal and enhanced security. 7 Gliding patio door hardware is available in eight different designs to match virtually any style. Yuma®, Encino®, Anvers®, Newbury®, Covington™ and Whitmore® hardware options each feature solid, drop-forged brass for added strength, while Albany and Tribeca® hardware options are made of diecast zinc with durable powder-coated finishes. Additional hardware options such as exterior keyed locks and more are also available. 1 2 3 4 5 Gliding Patio Doors GLIDING PATIO DOOR 2 3 4 5 1 FRENCH GLIDING PATIO DOOR Hardware 6 STAINLESS STEEL ROLLER ASSEMBLY E-Series Windows & Doors*The mahogany name is representative of non-endangered African mahoganies. MULTI-POINT LOCKING SYSTEM DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM ABOUT EAGLE Introduction Blinds-Between-the-Glass 143GLIDING PATIO DOORSFeatures & OptionsHandle Sets Grilles Features & Options 7 9 8 *Not all sizes are retractable. See your local dealer for details. **When properly configured and maintained with a professionally installed security system and/or self-monitoring system compatible with Honeywell® 5800 controls. See your dealer for more information. Tribeca and Albany hardware are zinc diecast with powder-coated durable finish. Other hardware is solid forged brass. Mix-and-match interior and exterior style and finish options are available. Bright brass and satin nickel finishes feature a 10-year limited warranty. 7⁄8" SDL 7⁄8" REMOVABLE 1 1⁄8" FDL 1" CONTOURED5⁄8" FLAT 7⁄8" FDL 5⁄ 8" FDL 11⁄2" FDL Door Anchorage Vinyl installation flanges are pre-applied into a kerf on the frame exterior to facilitate installation. Optional aluminum flanges or metal installation clips are available. Standard jamb depth is 49⁄16" for gliding patio doors. Insect Screens Top-Hung Gliding Insect Screen. Charcoal fiberglass screen mesh fits into an aluminum frame in 50 exterior colors. Aluminum screen mesh is also available. Retractable Insect Screens. The retractable insect screen has charcoal fiberglass screen mesh. Insect screen retracts when not needed, providing an unobstructed view through the glass. Available in 50 exterior colors. See page 26 for more information on our insect screen options. 8 Grilles Full Divided Light. Permanent interior and exterior grilles with grille spacer bars between two panes of glass. Available in 5⁄8", 7⁄8", 11⁄8", 11⁄2" or 21⁄4" widths and ovolo or contemporary profiles. Simulated Divided Light. Permanent exterior and interior grilles without grille spacer bars. Available in 5⁄8", 7⁄8", 11⁄8", 11⁄2" or 21⁄4" widths and ovolo or contemporary profiles. Finelight™ Grilles-Between-the-Glass. Available in 5⁄8" flat or 1" contoured aluminum profiles. Two-tone colors of colony white/pebble tan, colony white/ sierra bronze or colony white/forest green are available on the 1" profile. Removable interior wood grilles. Removable interior wood grilles are available in a 7⁄8" width and ovolo or contemporary profiles. Optional surround for removable grille and permanent exterior grilles also available. 9 Privacy Options Blinds-Between-the-Glass. A 5⁄8" aluminum slat blind mounted between two panes of insulated glass in a dust-free environment. Available in white, tan, almond or gold. Blinds are magnetically controlled and can be tilted or raised and lowered with one cord.* Auxiliary Foot Lock An enhanced foot lock is discreetly positioned on the side of the panel. Foot lock provides an extra measure of security when door is in locked position. Available in finish options to complement handle sets. VeriLock® Sensors These exclusive sensors are unique as they detect whether the doors are locked or unlocked** — a feature no other sensors can provide. See pages 6–7 for details. *NOTE: Grille options also available in 2 1/4" width and in contemporary profile. FDL = Full Divided Light* SDL = Simulated Divided Light* Removable = Removable interior wood grilles Flat = Finelight™ grilles-between- the-glass Contoured = Finelight grilles- between-the-glass See page 24 for more information on our grille options. YUMA® Distressed Bronze Distressed Nickel Bright Brass Oil Rubbed Bronze Satin Nickel ANVERS® Antique Brass Bright BrassBrushed Chrome Oil Rubbed Bronze Polished Chrome Satin Nickel NEWBURY® Distressed Bronze Distressed Nickel ENCINO® Antique Brass Bright Brass Oil Rubbed Bronze COVINGTON™ Black Gold DustStone White ALBANY Antique Brass Bright Brass Oil Rubbed Bronze Satin Nickel WHITMORE® Stone White TRIBECA® DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 144 ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE.E-Series Windows & Doors4 11⁄16" Stiles & Top Rail 8" Bottom Rail SP1 4 11⁄16" Stiles & Top Rail 12" Bottom Rail SP2 2 3⁄4" Stiles & Top Rail (Gliding Patio) SP3 We have added a consistent labeling configuration to our door panels for your ordering ease. Scan the designs to see which one fits your needs. Traditional Panel Options Door panel options provide clean lines to complement a modern style. These options are an economical way to add interest to your project’s design. Gliding Patio Door Panel Labeling System The door handing and order designation noted below is consistent with the handing of other Andersen® gliding patio doors and is used throughout the remainder of the gliding patio doors section. Gliding Patio Door Handing Order Designation Description As Viewed From Exterior Stationary S 2-Panel Door SR LS 4-Panel Door — Identification As viewed from the exterior, either the left or the right panel operates. The arrow designates the direction of panel operation. Stationary (S) doors can be used as an individual unit or as a sidelight. 2-Panel Door 4-Panel DoorSingle Door Astragal is attached on third panel from the left (as viewed from the exterior) Stationary Panel Left (L) panel is operating, right panel is stationary (S). Left panel is stationary (S), right (R) panel is operating. LS SRS Gliding Patio Doors & French Gliding Patio Doors Handing Options DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM ABOUT EAGLE Introduction 145GLIDING PATIO DOORSDoor Panel Options | SpecificationsADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE.R.O.F.S.3' 2 1/2" 3' 2"6' 8"6' 8 1/2"6' 10"6' 10 1/2"8' 0"8' 0 1/2" 6' 0 1/4" 5' 11 3/4" GP3068S GP6068 LS,SR GP30610S GP60610 LS,SR GP3080S GP6080 LS,SR Gliding Patio Door Sizes R.O.F.S.4' 2 1/2" 4' 2"6' 8"6' 8 1/2"6' 10"6' 10 1/2"8' 0"8' 0 1/2" 8' 0 1/4" 7' 11 3/4" GP4068S GP8068 LS,SR GP80610 LS,SRGP40610S GP4080S GP8080 LS,SR Gliding Patio Door Sizes 4PGP10068 •• 4PGP100610 •• 4PGP10080 ••R.O.F.S.9' 10 3 /4" 9' 10 1/4"6' 8"6' 8 1/2"6' 10"6' 10 1/2"8' 0"8' 0 1/2"4-Panel Gliding Patio Door Sizes NOTES All doors and sidelights use safety/ tempered glass. Astragal is applied to third panel from the left (as viewed from the exterior) on a 4-panel gliding patio door. •• 4-panel doors are shipped knocked down and require field assembly because of size and weight. Use structural joining material when necessary or required by code. The light patterns illustrated apply to removable interior wood grilles, Full Divided Light, Simulated Divided Light, Decorelle 100, 150 and 400 and Finelight™ Grilles-Between-the-Glass. All removable interior wood grilles will be installed in the units unless otherwise specified. For a metric conversion in millimeters, multiply dimensions in inches by 25.4. FORMULA FOR COMBINATION DOORS The overall frame dimension (both width and height) is equal to the sum of the individual unit frame dimensions plus joining material dimension(s). The overall rough opening (both width and height) is equal to the overall frame dimensions plus 1/4" on all sides.R.O.F.S.2' 8 1/2" 2' 8"6' 8"6' 8 1/2"6' 10"6' 10 1/2"8' 0"8' 0 1/2" 5' 0 1/4" 4' 11 3/4" GP2668S GP5068 LS,SR GP26610S GP50610 LS,SR GP5080 LS,SRGP2680S Gliding Patio Door Sizes DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 146 ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE.R.O.F.S.11' 10 3/4" 11' 101/4"6' 8"6' 8 1/2"6' 10"6' 10 1/2"8' 0"8' 0 1/2"4PGP12068 •• 4PGP120610 •• 4PGP12080 •• 4PGP16068 •• 4PGP160610 •• 4PGP16080 ••R.O.F.S.15' 10 3/4" 15' 10 1/4"6' 8"6' 8 1/2"6' 10"6' 10 1/2"8' 0"8' 0 1/2"TE 4' 11 3/4" X 1' 4" TE 5' 11 3/4" X 1' 4" TE 7' 7 3/4" X 1' 6" TE 7' 11 3/4" X 1' 6" TE 9' 1 3/4" X 1' 6"R.O.F.S.5' 0 1/4" 4' 11 3/4" 6' 0 1/4" 5' 11 3/4"1' 4 1/2"1' 4"R.O.F.S.7' 8 1/4" 7' 7 3/4" 8' 0 1/4" 7' 11 3/4"1' 6 1/2"1' 6"9' 2 1/4" 9' 1 3/4"R.O.F.S.5' 0 1/4" 4' 11 3/4" 6' 0 1/4" 5' 11 3/4"2' 0 1/2"7' 8 1/4" 7' 7 3/4"2' 0"TR 4' 11 3/4" x 2' 0" TR 5' 11 3/4" x 2' 0" TR 7' 7 3/4" x 2' 0" TR 7' 11 3/4" x 2' 0" TR 9' 1 3/4" x 2' 0" 8' 0 1/4" 7' 11 3/4" 9' 2 1/4" 9' 1 3/4" Gliding Patio Door Direct-Set Elliptical Sizes (Specialty Frame) Gliding Patio Door Direct-Set Transom Sizes (Specialty Frame) 4-Panel Gliding Patio Door Sizes NOTES All doors and sidelights use safety/tempered glass. If glass is positioned within 18" of the finished floor, safety/tempered glass may be required. Local codes may differ. Verify tempered glass requirements with your local building code official. Astragal is applied to third panel from the left (as viewed from the exterior) on a 4-panel gliding patio door. •• 4-panel doors are shipped knocked down and require field assembly because of size and weight. See transom notes on page 147. Use structural joining material when necessary or required by code. The light patterns illustrated apply to removable interior wood grilles, Full Divided Light, Simulated Divided Light, Decorelle 100, 150 and 400 and Finelight™ Grilles-Between-the-Glass. All removable interior wood grilles will be installed in the units unless otherwise specified. The staggered light patterns illustrated align with light patterns for the gliding door. Other light patterns are available upon request. For a metric conversion in millimeters, multiply dimensions in inches by 25.4. FORMULA FOR COMBINATION DOORS The overall frame dimension (both width and height) is equal to the sum of the individual unit frame dimensions plus joining material dimension(s). The overall rough opening (both width and height) is equal to the overall frame dimensions plus 1/4" on all sides.E-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 614 " (158) 147GLIDING PATIO DOORS Specifications ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE.R.O.F.S.8' 0 1/4"4' 0 3/8"7' 11 3/4"3' 11 7/8"THC 7' 11 3/4" X 3' 11 7/8"R.O.F.S. 9' 2 1/4"4' 7 3/8"9' 1 3/4"4' 6 7/8"THC 9' 1 3/4" X 4' 6 7/8"R.O.F.S.5' 0 1/4"2' 6 3/8"4' 11 3/4"2' 5 7/8"THC 4' 11 3/4" X 2' 5 7/8" R.O.F.S.6' 0 1/4"3' 0 3/8"5' 11 3/4"2' 11 7/8"THC 5' 11 3/4" X 2' 11 7/8"R.O.F.S.7' 8 1/4" 3' 10 3/8"7' 7 3/4" 3' 9 7/8"THC 7' 7 3/4" X 3' 9 7/8" NOTES 4' 11-3/4" wide units are used above 5068, 50610 or 5080 Gliding Patio Doors. 5' 11-3/4" wide units are used above 6068, 60610 or 6080 Gliding Patio Doors. 7' 7-3/4" wide units are used above 7668, 76610 or 7680 Gliding Patio Doors. 7' 11-3/4" wide units are used above 8068, 80610 or 8080 Gliding Patio Doors. 9' 1-3/4" wide units are used above 9068, 90610 or 9080 Gliding Patio Doors. See notes on page 146 for more information. Gliding Patio Doors Gliding Patio Door Direct-Set Half Circle Sizes (Specialty Frame) Vertical Section Vertical Section Gliding Patio Door SidelightGliding Patio Door Horizontal Section Horizontal Section Astragal 4 916 "(116) 11 16" (27) 1116"(27)334" (95) 58" (15) 14 " (6)(143)112 " (38) 34" (19) Rough Opening Unit Dimension UnobstructedGlass 4916 "(116) 334" (95) 58" (15) 14 " (6)558"558"(143)112 " (38) 34" (19) Rough Opening Unit Dimension UnobstructedGlass2 3 4 " (70) 4916 " (116) 1116 " (27)334"(95)58"(15)12 "(13)558" (143)112 "(38)1"(25)Rough OpeningUnit DimensionUnobstructedGlass 4916 " (116) 112 " (38) 41516 "(125)2316 "(55)6116 " (154)234"(70)Rough OpeningUnit DimensionUnobstructedGlass4916 " (116) 1116 " (27)334"(95)58"(15)12 "(13)558" (143)112 "(38)34"(19)Rough OpeningUnit DimensionUnobstructedGlass 4916 " (116) 112 " (38) 41516 "(125)2316 "(55)6116 " (154)234"(70)Rough OpeningUnit DimensionUnobstructedGlassPROPER INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF E-SERIES PRODUCTS IS ESSENTIAL TO ATTAIN OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE AND OPERATION. WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS THAT PROVIDE GUIDELINES FOR PROPER INSTALLATION ARE AVAILABLE BY VISITING ANDERSENWINDOWS.COM SP3 door panel shown with ovolo (colonial) glass stops. Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters. 334" (95) 58" (15) 14 " (6) 112 " (38) 34" (19) Rough Opening Unit Dimension UnobstructedGlass 334" (95) 58" (15) 14 " (6) 112 " (38) 34" (19) Rough Opening Unit Dimension UnobstructedGlass4916 "(116)1116 "(27)558"(143)4916 "(116)1116 "(27)558"(143)DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 148 ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. French Gliding Patio Door Sizes R.O.F.S.2' 8 1/2" 2' 8" 5' 0 1/4" 4' 11 3/4"6' 8 1/2"6' 8"6' 10 1/2"6' 10"8' 0 1/2"8' 0"FGP2668S FGP5068 LS,SR FGP26610S FGP50610 LS,SR FGP2680S FGP5080 LS,SR R.O.F.S.3' 2 1/2" 3' 2" 6' 0 1/4" 5' 113/4"6' 8 1/2"6' 8"6' 10 1/2"6' 10"8' 0 1/2"8' 0"FGP3068S FGP6068 LS,SR FGP30610S FGP60610 LS,SR FGP3080S FGP6080 LS,SR French Gliding Patio Door Sizes NOTES All doors and sidelights use safety/ tempered glass. Use structural joining material when necessary or required by code. The light patterns illustrated apply to removable interior wood grilles, Full Divided Light, Simulated Divided Light, Decorelle 100, 150 and 400 and Finelight™ Grilles- Between-the-Glass. All removable interior wood grilles will be installed in the units unless otherwise specified. For a metric conversion in millimeters, multiply dimensions in inches by 25.4. FORMULA FOR COMBINATION DOORS The overall frame dimension (both width and height) is equal to the sum of the individual unit frame dimensions plus joining material dimension(s). The overall rough opening (both width and height) is equal to the overall frame dimensions plus 1/4" on all sides.E-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 149GLIDING PATIO DOORS Specifications ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE.R.O.F.S.4' 2 1/2" 4' 2" 8' 0 1/4" 7' 113/4"6' 8 1/2"6' 8"6' 10 1/2"6' 10"8' 0 1/2"8' 0"FGP4068S FGP5068 LS,SR FGP40610S FGP80610 LS,SR FGP8080 LS,SRFGP4080S 4-Panel French Gliding Patio Door Sizes R.O.F.S.9' 10 3/4" 9' 10 1/4"6' 8"6' 8 1/2"6' 10"6' 10 1/2"8' 0"8' 0 1/2"4PFGP10068 •• 4PFGP100610 •• 4PFGP10080 ••6' 8"6' 8 1/2"R.O.F.S.11' 10 3/4" 11' 10 1/4"8' 0"8' 0 1/2"6' 10"6' 10 1/2"4PFGP12068 •• 4PFGP120610 •• 4PFGP12080 ••R.O.F.S.15' 10 3/4" 15' 10 1/4"6' 8"6' 8 1/2"6' 10"6' 10 1/2"8' 0"8' 0 1/2"4PFGP16068 •• 4PFGP160610 •• 4PFGP16080 •• French Gliding Patio Door Sizes 4-Panel French Gliding Patio Door Sizes NOTES All doors and sidelights use safety/tempered glass. Astragal is applied to third panel from the left (as viewed from the exterior) on a 4-panel French gliding patio door. •• 4-panel doors are shipped knocked down and require field assembly because of size and weight. See notes on page 148 for more information. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 150 ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. French Gliding Patio Door Direct-Set Transom Sizes (Specialty Frame)R.O.F.S.5' 0 1/4" 4' 11 3/4" 6' 0 1/4" 5' 11 3/4"2' 0 1/2"7' 8 1/4" 7' 7 3/4"2' 0"TR 4' 11 3/4" x 2' 0" TR 5' 11 3/4" x 2' 0" TR 7' 7 3/4" x 2' 0" TR 7' 11 3/4" x 2' 0" TR 9' 1 3/4" x 2' 0" 8' 0 1/4" 7' 11 3/4" 9' 2 1/4" 9' 1 3/4"R.O.F.S.5' 0 1/4"2' 6 3/8"4' 11 3/4"2' 5 7/8"THC 4' 11 3/4" X 2' 5 7/8" R.O.F.S.6' 0 1/4"3' 0 3/8"5' 11 3/4"2' 11 7/8"THC 5' 11 3/4" X 2' 11 7/8"R.O.F.S.7' 8 1/4"3' 10 3/8"7' 7 3/4"3' 9 7/8"THC 7' 7 3/4" X 3' 9 7/8"R.O.F.S.8' 0 1/4"4' 0 3/8"7' 11 3/4"3' 11 7/8"THC 7' 11 3/4" X 3' 11 7/8"R.O.F.S. 9' 2 1/4"4' 7 3/8"9' 1 3/4"4' 6 7/8"THC 9' 1 3/4" X 4' 6 7/8" French Gliding Patio Door Direct-Set Half Circle Sizes (Specialty Frame) French Gliding Patio Door Direct-Set Elliptical Sizes (Specialty Frame) TE 4' 11 3/4" X 1' 4" TE 5' 11 3/4" X 1' 4" TE 7' 7 3/4" X 1' 6" TE 7' 11 3/4" X 1' 6" TE 9' 1 3/4" X 1' 6"R.O.F.S.5' 0 1/4" 4' 11 3/4" 6' 0 1/4" 5' 11 3/4"1' 4 1/2"1' 4"R.O.F.S.7' 8 1/4" 7' 7 3/4" 8' 0 1/4" 7' 11 3/4"1' 6 1/2"1' 6"9' 2 1/4" 9' 1 3/4" NOTES All doors and sidelights use safety/tempered glass. If glass is positioned within 18" of the finished floor, safety/tempered glass may be required. Local codes may differ. Verify tempered glass requirements with your local building code official. 4' 11-3/4" wide units are used above 5068, 50610 or 5080 French Gliding Patio Doors. 5' 11-3/4" wide units are used above 6068, 60610 or 6080 French Gliding Patio Doors. 7' 7-3/4" wide units are used above 7668, 76610 or 7680 French Gliding Patio Doors. 7' 11-3/4" wide units are used above 8068, 80610 or 8080 French Gliding Patio Doors. 9' 1-3/4" wide units are used above 9068, 90610 or 9080 French Gliding Patio Doors. Use structural joining material when necessary or required by code. The light patterns illustrated apply to removable interior wood grilles, Full Divided Light, Simulated Divided Light, Decorelle 100, 150 and 400 and Finelight™ Grilles-Between-the-Glass. All removable interior wood grilles will be installed in the units unless otherwise specified. The staggered light patterns illustrated align with light patterns in the gliding door. Other light patterns are available upon request. For a metric conversion in millimeters, multiply dimensions in inches by 25.4. FORMULA FOR COMBINATION DOORS The overall frame dimension (both width and height) is equal to the sum of the individual unit frame dimensions plus joining material dimension(s). The overall rough opening (both width and height) is equal to the overall frame dimensions plus 1/4" on all sides.E-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 151GLIDING PATIO DOORS Specifications ADDITIONAL CUSTOM SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DEALER FOR MORE INFORMATION. DRAWINGS ARE NOT TO SCALE. French Gliding Patio Doors French Gliding Patio Door 51116" (144) 58" (15) 14" (6) 112 " (38) 34" (19) Rough Opening Unit Dimension UnobstructedGlass 51116" (144) 58" (15) 14" (6) 112" (38) 34" (19) Rough Opening Unit Dimension UnobstructedGlass4916"(116)1116"(27)558"(143)4916 "(116)1116 "(27)558"(143)Horizontal Section French Gliding Patio Door Sidelight Vertical Section 1018 " (256) 4916 " (116) 1116 " (27)51116 "(144)58"(15)12 "(13)558" (143)112 "(38)1"(25)Rough OpeningUnit DimensionUnobstructedGlass 4916 " (116) 112 " (38)10 316 "(258)2316 "(55)6116 " (154)8"(203)Rough OpeningUnit DimensionUnobstructedGlass4916 " (116) 1116 " (27)51116 "(144)58"(15)12 "(13)558" (143)112 "(38)34"(19)Rough OpeningUnit DimensionUnobstructedGlass 4 916 " (116) 11 2 " (38) 10 316 "(258)2316 "(55)6116 " (154)8"(203)Rough OpeningUnit DimensionUnobstructedGlass4916 "(116)51116 " (144) 58" (15) 14 " (6)(143)112 " (38) 34" (19) Rough Opening Unit Dimension UnobstructedGlass 4916 "(116)51116 " (144) 58" (15) 14 " (6) 112 " (38) 34" (19) Rough Opening Unit Dimension UnobstructedGlass5" (128)558"(143)558"1116"(27)1116"(27)Astragal PROPER INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF E-SERIES PRODUCTS IS ESSENTIAL TO ATTAIN OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE AND OPERATION. WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS THAT PROVIDE GUIDELINES FOR PROPER INSTALLATION ARE AVAILABLE BY VISITING ANDERSENWINDOWS.COM Vertical Section Horizontal Section SP1 door panel shown with ovolo (colonial) glass stops. Dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 152 Joining Components Bay and Bow Trim Metals & Applications Installation Materials We offer a variety of accessory metals to ensure a coordinated, low-maintenance window or door system. Available in 50 exterior colors at no additional cost, these trims save time on the job site. 1" Exterior Mull Cover 3-1/2" Exterior Mull Cover2" Exterior Mull Cover 30˚ Angle Bay Enclosure 45˚ Double-Hung Exterior Mull Cover Standard Exterior Mull Cover 1/2" Exterior Mull Cover 3/4" Exterior Mull Cover Standard Exterior Mull Cover with Drip 10˚ Casement Bow Exterior Mull Cover 45˚ Casement Angle Bay Exterior Mull Cover 30˚ Casement Angle Bay Exterior Mull Cover 45˚ Angle Bay Enclosure 30˚ Angle Bay Exterior Mull Cover PROPER INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF E-SERIES PRODUCTS IS ESSENTIAL TO ATTAIN OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE AND OPERATION. WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS THAT PROVIDE GUIDELINES FOR PROPER INSTALLATION ARE AVAILABLE BY VISITING ANDERSENWINDOWS.COME-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 153INSTALLATION MATERIALS Trim Metals & Applications 3/4" Frame Extender 2-1/4" Frame Expander 90˚ Angle Expander Frame Expander Receiver 3/4" Frame Enclosure 90˚ Outside Corner 3" Frame Expander 5" Frame Expander 7" Frame Expander Expander Return 1-1/2" Mull Expander – May be used with adjustable mull covers or frame expanders (vertical joins only) 1" - 5" Adjustable Mull Cover and Receiver (vertical join) 1" - 5" and 5-1/4" - 8" Adjustable Mull Cover and Receiver with Drip Leg (horizontal join) 3/4" Frame Expander ROLL FORM SEALANT 3/4" FRAME EXPANDER ALUMINUM INSTALLATION FLANGE Corner Post Section of Box Bay Using Roll Form Metal on Corners PROPER INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF E-SERIES PRODUCTS IS ESSENTIAL TO ATTAIN OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE AND OPERATION. WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS THAT PROVIDE GUIDELINES FOR PROPER INSTALLATION ARE AVAILABLE BY VISITING ANDERSENWINDOWS.COM DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 154 Drip Caps & Applications Stucco Flashing (extruded) Roll Formed Drip Cap Radius Drip Cap Extruded Drip Cap with Installation Flange Applications Sill Nose Expandable Brick Mould with External Flange Expandable Brick Mould with Internal Flange 2" Adjustable Brick Mould 2" Adjustable Brick Mould Receiver Expandable Flat Casing with External Flange 2" Brick Mould 2" Ovolo Brick Mould 11/2" Deep Sill Nose 3 1/2" Brick Mould 1 1/2" Deep Sill Nose End Cap 3 1/2" Backband & Bead Casing 1 1/2" Sill Nose End Cap 3 1/2" Flat Casing 31/2" Flat Casing End Cap 51/2" Flat Casing End Cap 51/2" Flat Casing 11/2" Sill Nose PROPER INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF E-SERIES PRODUCTS IS ESSENTIAL TO ATTAIN OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE AND OPERATION. WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS THAT PROVIDE GUIDELINES FOR PROPER INSTALLATION ARE AVAILABLE BY VISITING ANDERSENWINDOWS.COME-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 155INSTALLATION MATERIALS Sub-Frame Shell System EXPLODED VIEW OF SUB-FRAME SHELL SYSTEM HEAD EXISTING CONSTRUCTION SEALANT FASTENING CLIPS SILL EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TAPE & SEALANT SEALANT The E-Series Sub-Frame Shell System is a simple and effective way to meet remodeling needs for residential and commercial projects. Preserving existing buildings and neighborhoods has become increasingly important to our society. And a good, sound, older structure can be as efficient as, if not more efficient than, a new building. Many E-Series products will work in the Sub-Frame Shell System for remodeling, which means you have unlimited design choices to fit the existing architecture. The Sub-Frame Shell System is a heavy aluminum perimeter-flange sub-frame that covers most existing construction conditions. It can be installed from the inside without costly scaffolding or off-staging. SILL EXISTING CONSTRUCTION SEALANT JAMB EXISTING CONSTRUCTION SEALANT SEALANT HEAD EXISTING CONSTRUCTION Masonry Opening Formulas Formulas allow 1/4" for backer rod and sealant around entire perimeter 2" Brick Mould 2" Ovolo Brick Mould w/ Sill Nose 4-Sides 3-Sides Frame + 3 1/4" Frame + 3 3/4" Frame + 3 3/4" Frame + 2 1/8" w/ Sill Nose 4-Sides 3-Sides Frame + 4 3/4" Frame + 6 3/4" Frame + 6 3/4" Frame + 3 5/8" w/ Sill Nose 4-Sides 3-Sides Frame + 6 3/4" Frame + 10 3/4" Frame + 10 3/4" Frame + 5 5/8" WIDTH HEIGHT WIDTH HEIGHT WIDTH HEIGHT 3 1/2" Flat Casing 3 1/2" Brick Mould 3 1/2" Backband & Bead Casing 5 1/2" Flat Casing Masonry Opening Formulas Miscellaneous Trim Metals & Applications Extruded Sub-sill and T Sub-sill Clip Alternate T Sub-sill Historical Panning PROPER INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF E-SERIES PRODUCTS IS ESSENTIAL TO ATTAIN OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE AND OPERATION. WRITTEN INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS THAT PROVIDE GUIDELINES FOR PROPER INSTALLATION ARE AVAILABLE BY VISITING ANDERSENWINDOWS.COM Interior View DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM WARRANTY Limited Warranty 9060302 BD Revised 01/08/15 IMPORTANT: Please carefully read the Dispute Resolution Process that appears in this document after the Limited Warranty. The Dispute Resolution Process includes class action and jury trial waivers that affect your legal rights. To opt out of these waivers, you must visit our website at www.andersenwindows.com/optout and complete the opt-out form within one year from the date of purchase of your Andersen ® products from a dealer or retailer. The opt-out only applies to the terms of the Dispute Resolution Process. E-Series Window and Door Limited Warranty Limited Warranty on Glass The glass in Andersen® E-Series factory glazed window and door units (including dual- pane glass, High-Performance Low-E4® glass, High-Performance Low-E4® Sun glass, High-Performance Low-E4® SmartSun™ glass, High-Performance Low-E4® PassiveSun™ glass, Heatlock™ glass, tinted glass, patterned glass (including textured, frosted, grooved, beveled and color options), grilles between the glass and tempered versions of these glass options is warranted to be free from defects in manufacturing, materials and workmanship for twenty (20) years from the date of purchase from the retailer/dealer. It is also warranted not to develop, under normal conditions, any material obstruction of vision resulting from manufacturing defects or as a result of premature failure of the glass or organic seal for twenty (20) years from the date of purchase from the retailer/dealer. This limited warranty on glass does not apply to special order glazings, decorative glass, impact-resistant glass or glass that is not factory installed by Andersen. Decorative glass is warranted against seal failure for a period of ten (10) years from the date of purchase from the retailer/dealer. In the event a glass failure occurs as a result of a defect in manufacturing, materials or workmanship within the limited warranty period, Andersen, at its option, will: (1) provide the appropriate replacement glass product to the Andersen retailer/dealer that you specify — labor is not included; or (2) provide a factory-authorized repair to the existing glass at no cost to you; or (3) refund the original purchase price. Such replacement or repair is warranted for the remainder of the original limited warranty period. Laminated glass (Protector Series and HarborMaster® systems) in Andersen E-Series window and door products is warranted against stress cracking, thermal shock cracking and delamination for ten (10) years from the date of purchase from the retailer/dealer. In the event a failure due to stress cracking, thermal shock cracking or delamination of the laminated glass occurs within the limited warranty period, Andersen, at its option, will: (1) provide the appropriate replacement glass product to the Andersen retailer/dealer that you specify — labor is not included; or (2) provide a factory-authorized repair to the existing glass at no cost to you; or (3) refund the original purchase price. Such replacement or repair is warranted for the remainder of the original limited warranty period. Exclusions: These limited warranties do not cover cracked or broken glass or other damage to the glass resulting from accident, abusive handling, or misuse; nor do they cover glass panes broken from the exterior. The application of films, coatings, or other substances or products to the glass and any modification of the product due to the installation of a security system voids the limited warranty. Limited Warranty on Wood and Wood Composite Components The interior wood and exterior wood composite components in Andersen E-Series products are warranted to be free from defects in manufacturing, materials or workmanship for ten (10) years from the date of purchase from the retailer/dealer. Exterior wood components are warranted to be free from defects in manufacturing, materials or workmanship for five (5) years from the date of purchase from the retailer/dealer. To be covered under this LIMITED WARRANTY AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCESS Units Manufactured After February 8, 2015 Para ver la versión, en español, de esta Garantía limitada y Proceso de resolución de controversias, visite andersenwindows.com limited warranty, it is the customer’s responsibility to: (1) ensure that all wood surfaces (interior, exterior, top, bottom and any exposed sides) are immediately and thoroughly painted, varnished or sealed in conformity with generally accepted field finishing standards; (2) ensure that the finishes are maintained; and (3) properly care for and protect all wood components against moisture, excessive dryness and other abnormal exposures. In the event a wood or wood composite component fails as a result of a defect in manufacturing, materials or workmanship within the limited warranty period, Andersen, at its option, will: (1) provide the appropriate replacement parts to the applicable Andersen retailer/dealer that you specify — labor is not included; or (2) provide a factory-authorized repair to the existing component at no cost to you; or (3) refund the original purchase price. Such replacement parts or repairs are warranted for the remainder of the original limited warranty period. Limited Warranty on Hardware, Weatherstripping, Blinds and Insect Screens The hardware (including the finish on Limited Lifetime Brass), weatherstripping, blinds and insect screens on Andersen E-Series products are warranted to be free from defects in manufacturing, materials and workmanship for ten (10) years from the date of purchase from the retailer/dealer. Retractable door insect screens for Andersen E-Series products are warranted to be free from defects in manufacturing, materials and workmanship for one (1) year from the date of purchase from the retailer/dealer. In the event a failure occurs as a result of a defect in manufacturing, materials or workmanship within the applicable limited warranty period, Andersen, at its option, will: (1) provide the appropriate replacement parts to the Andersen retailer/dealer that you specify — labor is not included; or (2) provide a factory-authorized repair to the existing component at no cost to you; or (3) refund the original purchase price. Such replacement parts or repairs are warranted for the remainder of the original limited warranty period. Exclusions: weathering of hardware finishes (with the exception of Limited Lifetime Brass) is not considered a defect and is not covered under this limited warranty. Limited Warranty on Exterior Painted Aluminum Surfaces The exterior painted aluminum surface (silicone polyester enamel conforming to AAMA 2604- 05 (“2604 Coating System”)) on components including frame, sash, panel, window sills and grilles on Andersen E-Series casement, awning, double-hung, picture, geometric shaped windows and transom windows, patio doors (inswing, outswing, gliding) and sidelights in its standard colors is warranted not to crack, check, peel, flake, blister or lose adhesion for a period of twenty (20) years from the date of purchase from the retailer/dealer when exposed to normal atmospheric conditions. The paint film is warranted to be free from manufacturing defects resulting in color fade greater than 5 delta E* in accordance with ASTM D-2244- 02e1 and chalking in excess of a number eight (8) rating based on ASTM D 4214-98 for a period of ten (10) years from the date of purchase from the retailer/dealer when exposed to normal atmospheric conditions. See below for Coastal Seashore warranty coverage details. The exterior painted aluminum surface (silicone polyester enamel with Kynar® fluorocarbon coating system conforming to AAMA 2605-05 (“2605 Coating System”)) on components including frame, sash, panel, window sills and grilles on Andersen E-Series casement, awning, double-hung, picture, geometric shaped windows and transom windows, patio doors (inswing, outswing, gliding) and sidelights in standard colors is warranted not to crack, check, peel, flake, blister or lose adhesion for a period of twenty (20) years from the date of purchase from the retailer/dealer when exposed to normal atmospheric conditions. The paint film is warranted to be free from manufacturing defects resulting in color fade greater than 5 delta E in accordance with ASTM D-2244-02e1 and chalking in excess of a number eight (8) rating based on ASTM D 4214-98 for twenty (20) years from the date of purchase from the retailer/dealer when exposed to normal atmospheric conditions. See below for Coastal Seashore warranty coverage details. In the event a failure occurs within the limited warranty period, Andersen, at its option, will: (1) refinish the product (the finish will be performed with standard commercial refinishing techniques and will not necessarily be the same finish as originally applied to the product); or (2) repair the product or provide replacement part(s) or product(s) – labor is not included; or (3) refund the original purchase price. Such replacement parts or repairs are warranted for the remainder of the original limited warranty period. Exclusions: Accessories and hardware, including insect screen frames, patio door sills, hinges, handle trim sets and lock components, exterior trim profiles, exterior aluminum coil stock, anodized finishes and patio door insert panels. Products subjected to the detrimental effects of air pollutants, chemical or caustic washes, or the accumulation of concentrated salt deposits are not covered by the terms of this limited warranty. Any scratches, chips or surface damage that would expose the aluminum cladding surface must be repaired immediately, and such repair is required to maintain limited warranty coverage. Paint performance may vary based on orientation, altitude, installation in heavy salt spray environments, and other atmospheric conditions. Regular maintenance of the product is required to maintain the appearance of the finish on clad units, including hardware, and is required to maintain limited warranty coverage. * Technical measurement of fade 156E-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 157 Limited Warranty on Exterior Painted Aluminum Surfaces – 2604 & 2605 Coating Systems for Coastal Seashore The paint film (silicone polyester enamel conforming to AAMA 2604-05 and Kynar® fluorocarbon coating system conforming to AAMA 2605-05) on Andersen E-Series aluminum cladding in standard colors is warranted not to crack, check, peel, flake, blister or lose adhesion from the date of manufacture for product exposed to high salt concentrations as follows: — Products installed between two (2) miles and 1,001 feet from the coastal seashore are warranted for ten (10) years from the date of purchase from the retailer/dealer. In the event a failure covered under this limited warranty occurs, Andersen, at its option, will: (1) refinish the product (the finish will be performed with standard commercial refinishing techniques and will not necessarily be the same finish as originally applied to the product); or (2) repair the product or provide replacement part(s) or product(s) – labor is not included; or (3) refund the original purchase price. Such replacement parts or repairs are warranted for the remainder of the original limited warranty period. — Products installed between 1,000 feet and the seashore are warranted for ten (10) years from the date of purchase from the retailer/dealer, prorated after five (5) years. In the event a failure covered under this limited warranty occurs in years one (1) through five (5), Andersen, at its option, will: (1) refinish the product (the finish will be performed with standard commercial refinishing techniques and will not necessarily be the same finish as originally applied to the product); or (2) repair the product or provide replacement part(s) or product(s) – labor is not included; or (3) refund the original purchase price. Such replacement parts or repairs are warranted for the remainder of the original limited warranty period. In the event a failure occurs in years six (6) to ten (10), Andersen, at its option, will: (1) refinish the product (the finish will be performed with standard commercial refinishing techniques and will not necessarily be the same finish as originally applied to the product) at 50% discount of Andersen’s cost; or (2) repair the product at 50% discount of Andersen’s labor costs or provide replacement part(s) or product(s) at 50% discount of Andersen’s cost – labor is not included; or (3) refund the original purchase price at 50% of the original purchase price. Such replacement parts or repairs are warranted for the remainder of the limited warranty period. The paint film is warranted against chalking in excess of a number eight (8) rating based on ASTM D 4214-98 and against color change of more than 5 delta E* units in accordance with ASTM D-2244-02e1 for ten (10) years from the date of purchase from the retailer/dealer. In the event a failure covered under this limited warranty occurs, Andersen, at its option, will: (1) refinish the product (the finish will be performed with standard commercial refinishing techniques and will not necessarily be the same finish as originally applied to the product); or (2) repair the product or provide replacement part(s) or product(s) – labor is not included; or (3) refund the original purchase price. Such replacement parts or repairs are warranted for the remainder of the limited warranty period. Exclusions: Products subjected to the detrimental effects of air pollutants, chemical or caustic washes, or the accumulation of concentrated salt deposits are not covered by the terms of this limited warranty. Any scratches, chips or surface damage that would expose the aluminum cladding surface must be repaired immediately and such repair is required to maintain limited warranty coverage. For limited warranty coverage coastal seashore (areas of high salt concentration), such as those within two (2) miles of the coastal environments, homeowners must implement a systematic fresh water-cleaning program which consists of cleaning with mild soap and water at least every three (3) months or more often when necessary to prevent the accumulation of concentrated salt deposits. Periodic waxing with an automotive-type wax may prolong the finish life. Failure to take these measures will void this limited warranty. The atmospheric and environmental conditions within two (2) miles of the coastal seashore can be extremely corrosive. Even with a systematic cleaning program, products installed in these conditions will typically deteriorate more than product installed in normal atmospheric/ environmental conditions. Some corrosion and/or deterioration are considered “normal wear and tear” and normal weathering in this atmospheric/environmental condition and are not covered under this limited warranty. * Technical measurement of fade Limited Warranty on Exterior Anodized Aluminum Surfaces The anodized finish on Andersen E-Series aluminum cladding in its standard 50 colors is warranted not to crack, craze, flake or blister for five (5) years from the date of purchase from the retailer/dealer when exposed to normal atmospheric conditions. The anodized finish is also warranted against chalking in excess of a number eight (8) rating as determined by the procedure outlined in ASTM D-4214-98 specification tests and against color change of more than 5 delta-E* units as determined by ASTM method D-2244-02e1 for five (5) years from the date of manufacture. In the event a failure occurs within the limited warranty period, Andersen, at its option, will: (1) refinish the product (the finish will be performed with standard commercial refinishing techniques and will not necessarily be the same finish as originally applied to the product); or (2) repair the product or provide replacement part(s) or product(s) – labor is not included; or (3) refund the original purchase price. Such replacement parts or repairs are warranted for the remainder of the original limited warranty period. * Technical measurement of fade No Other Warranties or Representations THIS LIMITED WARRANTY IS LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ALL WARRANTIES ARE LIMITED TO THE APPLICABLE STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS BUT IN NO CASE WILL EXTEND BEYOND THE LIMITED WARRANTY PERIODS SPECIFIED ABOVE. ANDERSEN EXCLUDES AND WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE. THE REMEDY OF REPAIR, REPLACEMENT OR REFUND OF THE ACTUAL PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT PROVIDED BY THIS LIMITED WARRANTY IS THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY WITH RESPECT TO ANY AND ALL LOSS OR DAMAGE. Applicable Law This Limited Warranty is only applicable in the U.S.A. (i.e. the fifty states and the District of Columbia). This Limited Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights, which may vary from state to state. Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages or limitation of the duration of an implied warranty, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. If any specific term of this Limited Warranty is prohibited by any applicable law, it shall be null and void, but the remainder of this Limited Warranty shall remain in full force and effect. What Is NOT Covered by This Limited Warranty In addition to any other limitations or exclusions in this Limited Warranty, Andersen shall have no obligation for product failure, damage or costs due to or related to the following: • Product modifications or application of glass shading devices, glass tinting, or insulated coverings, installation of security systems or improper painting or staining. • Units improperly assembled or improperly mulled by others. • Failure due to the application of non Andersen E-Series hardware (e.g. locksets, trim sets, hinges, panic hardware, closers, or other non Andersen E-Series components or accessories, etc.). • Failure to properly install Andersen E-Series hardware and/or exterior trim. • Adjustments or corrections due to improper installation. • Improper installation or use, including use of a non-commercial door as a main entrance or exit door for a building other than a single-family residential unit or re-installing an Andersen E-Series window or door after it has been removed from a building and re-sold and/or re-installed in a different building. • Installing a storm door over or with a patio door. • Exposure to conditions beyond published performance specifications. • Water infiltration other than as a result of a defect in manufacturing, materials or workmanship. • Condensation. • Improper maintenance, such as use of brick wash, razor blades, sealants, sanding or improper washing. • Glazing of the product by any party other than Andersen. • Failure to properly seal and maintain the exposed wood portions of a product. This includes, but is not limited to, the exposed wood on all sides of a door panel (e.g., exterior, interior, top, bottom and both sides), door frame and wood grilles. • Chemicals or airborne pollutants, such as salt or acid rain. • Delivery by others. • Accidents. • Acts of God. • Normal wear and tear. • Deterioration, movement or casualty in the frame, jamb, wall or building within which the product has been installed. Additional items excluded from this limited warranty: • Labor to replace sash or door panels, glass or other components. • Labor and other costs related to the removal and disposal of defective product. • Labor and materials to paint or stain any repaired or replaced product, component, trim or other carpentry work that may be required. • Products not manufactured by Andersen Corporation. • The performance of the low-maintenance exterior glass coating on products with High-Performance Low-E4® glass. Performance will vary depending on environmental conditions. • Slight glass curvature, minor scratches or other imperfections in the glass that do not impair structural integrity or significantly obscure normal vision. • Minor warping of wood or clad-wood windows and doors. Andersen may defer actions on any claim for warping for a period of twelve (12) months from the date of the claim in order to permit conditioning and equalization to humidity and temperature conditions. • Texture, grain and color variations of wood or wood composite components. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM • Fading or color changes less than or equal to 5 delta E units in accordance with ASTM D-2244-02e1, even if the fading or color change is not uniform. • Adhesion of paint or stain to wood composite components. • Rattling of grille bars within an air space. • Insects passing through the insect screen. • Tarnish or corrosion to hardware finishes. • Special glazings. Contact us concerning the limited warranty on special glazings. • Service trips to provide instruction on product use. • Products and product components sold by Andersen distributors or dealers, which were not manufactured by Andersen Corporation. • Special products which are manufactured to meet the specific design, specification or use requirements of a consumer or construction project. • Electric window operators. Contact us or refer to the specific limited warranty for this product. • Andersen® A-Series windows and doors, 400 and 200 Series windows and doors, 400 Series windows with Stormwatch® protection and impact-resistant glass, 100 Series windows and doors, storm doors, Renewal by Andersen® windows, Silver Line® windows and doors, American Craftsman® windows and doors and Weiland® windows and doors have their own limited warranties and are not covered by this Limited Warranty. • Service trips to provide instruction on product use. Transfer of Warranty This Limited Warranty and all claims and rights hereunder shall transfer to any new property owner upon the sale or other legal transfer of ownership of the property within which the warranted product has been installed during the limited warranty period. Warranty Claim Procedure To make a claim under this Limited Warranty, contact the Andersen retailer/dealer who sold you your Andersen® product. Or, you may contact us at: Andersen Windows, Inc./Andersen Service Center 100 Fourth Avenue North Bayport, MN 55003-1096 You may also contact us using the Parts & Service section of our website at www.andersenwindows.com or reach us by phone at 1-888-888-7020. You can help us serve you faster by providing the following important information: • Description of the product such as the exterior color, unit type and size and inside visible glass measurements. • Glass logo information etched in the inside corner of the glass. • Description of product concerns. • Documentation of the purchase date, if available. • Your name, address (with zip code) where the product is installed and telephone numbers. Non-Warranty Repair You will be responsible for all costs related to any repair that is not covered by this Limited Warranty or which is outside of the applicable limited warranty period. When warranty coverage is unclear, Andersen may charge an inspection fee for any on-site product inspection. If the inspector determines the Andersen® product has a defect covered by this Limited Warranty, the inspection fee will be waived. For specific warranty information outside the United States, please contact your local distributor or write to: Andersen Windows, Inc./International Division 100 Fourth Avenue North Bayport, MN 55003-1096 USA DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCESS General If you are dissatisfied with the remedy provided to you under the Limited Warranty set forth above or have any other claim against Andersen related to your Andersen® products, you and Andersen agree to resolve the claim using the following process (“Dispute Resolution Process”). This Dispute Resolution Process will apply to claims of any nature relating to your Andersen product (“Dispute(s)”). Disputes include, but are not limited to, claims for breach of contract or breach of warranty, claims for violation of state or federal laws or regulations, claims based in tort, negligence or product liability, claims based in fraud or fraud in the inducement, marketing or advertising claims and claims related to the enforceability or effect of any term of the Limited Warranty or the Dispute Resolution Process, including, but not limited to, the waivers of class action and jury trials. Notice Required To assert a Dispute, you must first provide Andersen with written notice. A Notice of Dispute form is available for your use in the Customer Care section of Andersen’s website at www.andersenwindows.com/noticeofdispute Andersen Response Andersen will have 60 days from receipt of your Notice of Dispute to respond to you in writing. In that response or at any later time, Andersen may make one or more written offers to you to resolve your Dispute. No Class Action or Jury Trials YOU AGREE THAT YOU MAY ASSERT DISPUTES AGAINST ANDERSEN ONLY ON AN INDIVIDUAL BASIS AND NOT AS A PLAINTIFF OR CLASS MEMBER IN ANY CLASS OR REPRESENTATIVE ACTION OR PROCEEDING. AS PART OF THIS DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCESS, YOU AND ANDERSEN ALSO AGREE TO WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO A JURY AND AGREE TO HAVE ALL DISPUTES HEARD AND DECIDED SOLELY BY THE FEDERAL OR STATE COURT JUDGE. Opt-Out Procedure You may opt out of this Dispute Resolution Process by completing and submitting a written Opt-Out Notice. The Opt-Out Notice is located on Andersen’s website at www.andersenwindows.com/optout. Whether or not you opt out of the Dispute Resolution Process, all terms of the Limited Warranty set forth above remain in force and effect. Applicable Law and Severability This Dispute Resolution Process, including, but not limited to, issues related to its enforceability and effect, will be governed by the laws of the State of Minnesota without regard to conflict of law principles. If any term of this Dispute Resolution Process is found to be invalid or unenforceable in any particular jurisdiction, that term will not apply to that issue in that jurisdiction. Instead, that term will be severed with the remaining terms continuing in full force and effect. Questions If you have questions about the Dispute Resolution Process, please call 844-332-7972. “Andersen” and all other marks where denoted are trademarks of Andersen Corporation. © 2015 Andersen Corporation. All rights reserved. 158E-Series Windows & DoorsDRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 159PRODUCT PERFORMANCE Product Performance Listed below and on the following pages is general product performance for many of our non-impact-resistant and impact-resistant products. For up-to-date product performance details, contact your local dealer. Product Description A440-11 Ratings Arch Casement Windows - Venting 3060 clad arch casement vent - 3-point sequential lock CW-PG70(36x72)-C 3056 clad arch casement vent - 2-point sequential lock CW-PG60(36x66)-C 3028 clad arch casement vent - 1-point lock CW-PG55(36x32*)-C Casement Windows - Venting 3060 clad casement vent - 3-point sequential lock, piano hinge CW-PG70(36x72)-C 2660 clad casement vent - 3-point sequential lock CW-PG55(30x72*)-C 3056 clad casement vent - 2-point sequential lock CW-PG60(36x66)-C 3056 clad casement vent - 2-point sequential lock, piano hinge, thick sash CW-PG60(36x66)-C 3028 clad casement vent - 1-point lock CW-PG55(36x32)-C Arch Casement Windows - Fixed 6060 clad arch casement sash-set (2-piece) fixed LC-PG50(72x72)-FW Casement Windows - Fixed 6060 clad casement sash-set (2-piece) fixed CW-PG50(72x72)-FW 46100 clad casement direct-set (1-piece) fixed CW-PG80(54x120*)-FW French Casement Windows 5050 clad French casement LC-PG40(60x60)-C Push Out Casement Windows 3060 clad push out casement vent - 2 surface mount locks LC-PG50(36x72)-C 3034 clad push out casement vent - 1 surface mount lock LC-PG50(36x40)-C Awning Windows 4056 clad awning vent - 3 locks LC-PG65(48x66)-AP 4050 clad awning vent - 2 locks LC-PG50(48x60)-AP 4030 clad awning vent - 1 lock LC-PG50(48x36)-AP Push Out Awning Windows 4040 clad push out awning vent - 2 surface mount locks LC-PG40(48x48)-AP 3440 clad push out awning vent - 1 surface mount lock LC-PG40(40x48)-AP Specialty Windows 5080 clad specialty (auxiliary) fixed CW-PG75(60x96)-FW 46120 clad specialty (auxiliary) fixed CW-PG55(54x144*)-FW Double-Hung Windows - Venting 3866 clad double-hung vent LC-PG50(44x78)-H 4060 clad double-hung vent LC-PG50(48x72)-H 3470 clad double-hung vent LC-PG50(48x72)-H 4686 clad double-hung vent LC-PG30(54x102)-H 3866 clad double-hung insert vent LC-PG30(44x78)-H 5090 clad single-hung monumental vent LC-PG30(60x108)-H 40100 clad single-hung monumental vent LC-PG35(48x120)-H Double-Hung Windows - Fixed 4040 clad double-hung transom R-PG55(48x48)-FW 5066 clad double-hung picture CW-PG55(60x78)-FW 5066 clad double-hung insert picture CW-PG30(60x78)-FW Gliding Windows 6050 clad gliding - two locks (unit heights greater than 48 in.) CW-PG30(72x60) 6040 clad gliding - one lock (unit heights less than or equal to 48 in.) CW-PG30(72x48) Non-Impact-Resistant Product Performance Data Clad Windows & Doors An asterisk (*) added to the primary designator indicates that the tested specimen was smaller, in either width or height, than the gateway test size as indicated in the 101/I.S. 2/A440 specification for the indicated product type and performance class. “Performance Grade (PG)” ratings may vary from tested performance rating for larger or smaller units of a particular type. Where designated, E-Series products are certified and labeled to the requirements of the Hallmark Certification Program. Actual performance may vary based on variations in manufacturing, shipping, installation, environmental conditions and conditions of use. This data is accurate as of 03/17. Due to ongoing product changes, updated test results, or new industry standards, this data may change over time. Contact your local dealer for more information. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM Non-Impact-Resistant Product Performance Data (continued) Clad Windows & Doors “Performance Grade (PG)” ratings may vary from tested performance rating for larger or smaller units of a particular type. Where designated, E-Series products are certified and labeled to the requirements of the Hallmark Certification Program. Actual performance may vary based on variations in manufacturing, shipping, installation, environmental conditions and conditions of use. This data is accurate as of 03/17. Due to ongoing product changes, updated test results, or new industry standards, this data may change over time. Contact your local dealer for more information. Product Description A440-11 Ratings Gliding Patio Doors 8080 clad French gliding patio door LC-PG40(95x96)-SD 6080 clad French gliding patio door LC-PG50(71x96)-SD 12080 clad four-panel French gliding patio door LC-PG40(142x96)-SD 8080 clad gliding patio door LC-PG30(95x96)-SD 4080 clad gliding patio door sidelight LC-PG50(50x96)-SLT 16080 clad four-panel gliding patio door LC-PG25(190x96)-SD Hinged Patio Doors - Outswing 3-4 x 8-0 clad outswing single door LC-PG60(40x95)-SHD 3-4 x 8-6 clad outswing single door LC-PG50(40x101)-SHD 3-4 x 10-0 clad outswing single door LC-PG50(40x119)-SHD 6-7 x 8-0 clad outswing double door - Type II hardware LC-PG60(79x95)-SHD 6-7 x 8-6 clad outswing double door - Type II hardware LC-PG40(79x101)-SHD 6-7 x 10-0 clad outswing double door - Type II hardware LC-PG40(79x119)-SHD 6-3 x 8-0 clad outswing double door - Type III hardware LC-PG30(75x95)-SHD 2080 clad outswing venting sidelight CW-PG50(24x96)-SLT 3-4 x 10-0 clad outswing door sidelight LC-PG75(40x119)-SLT 3280 clad outswing single door with raised panel inserts (SP1R1) LC-PG60(36x95)-SHD 3280 clad outswing single door with raised panel insert (SP1R2) LC-PG60(36x95)-SHD 3-4 x 8-0 clad outswing mid-rail single door LC-PG60(40x95)-SHD 21080 clad outswing sidelight with raised panel insert CW-PG75(34x95)-SLT 2080 clad outswing mid-rail door sidelight CW-PG80(24x95)-SLT 6-7 x 2-0 clad outswing door transom LC-PG80(79x24)-TR 6-7 x 8-0 clad outswing double door (stationary-stationary) LC-PG60(79x95)-FD 3480 clad arch outswing single door LC-PG60(40x96)-SHD 3480 clad arch outswing door sidelight (SLR1) CW-PG80(40x96)-SLT 6780 clad arch outswing double door LC-PG60(79x96)-SHD 3480 clad outswing single door with low threshold sill LC-PG50(40x101)-LWSHD 6780 clad outswing double door with low threshold sill LC-PG30(79x101)-LWSHD Hinged Patio Doors - Inswing 2080 clad inswing venting sidelight CW-PG45(24x96)-SLT 3-4 x 8-6 clad inswing single door LC-PG45(40x102)-SHD 3-4 x 10-0 clad inswing single door LC-PG45(40x119)-SGD 6-7 x 8-0 clad inswing double door - Type II hardware LC-PG40(79x96)-SHD 6-7 x 8-6 clad inswing double door - Type II hardware LC-PG30(79x102)-SHD 6-7 x 10-0 clad inswing double door - Type II hardware LC-PG35(79x120)SHD 6-7 x 8-0 clad inswing double door - Type III hardware LC-PG35(79x96)-SHD 6-7 x 8-0 clad inswing center post door - hinged off jamb LC-PG45(79x96)-SHD 6-7 x 8-0 clad inswing center post door - hinged off astragal LC-PG45(79x96)-SHD 6-7 x 8-0 clad inswing double door (stationary-stationary) LC-PG40(79x96)-FD 3-4 x 10-0 clad inswing door sidelight LC-PG45(40x119)-SDT 6-7 x 2-0 clad inswing door transom LC-PG60(79x24)-TR 3480 clad arch inswing single door CW-PG45(40x96)-SHD 3480 clad arch inswing door sidelight CW-PG45(40x96)-SDT 6780 clad arch inswing double door LC-PG40(72x96)-SHD 3480 clad inswing single door with low threshold sill LC-PG50(40x101)-LWSHD 6780 clad inswing double door with low threshold sill LC-PG30(79x101)-LWSHD 160E-Series Windows & DoorsProduct Performance (continued) DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 161PRODUCT PERFORMANCE Impact-Resistant Product Performance Data Clad Windows & Doors Product Description Glass Type Design Pressure Rating Casement Windows - Venting 3060 clad casement vent - 3-point sequential lock Low-E4® Impact-Resistant +65/−75 3056 clad casement vent - 2-point sequential lock Low-E4 Impact-Resistant +65/−75 3060 clad casement vent - 3-point sequential lock Monolithic Impact-Resistant +65/−75 3056 clad casement vent - 2-point sequential lock Monolithic Impact-Resistant +65/−75 Casement Windows - Fixed 4060 clad casement direct-set (1-piece) fixed Low-E4 Impact-Resistant +65/−75 46100 clad casement direct-set (1-piece) fixed Monolithic Impact-Resistant +70/−80 Arch Casement Windows - Venting 3060 clad equal leg arch casement vent - 3-point sequential lock Low-E4 Impact-Resistant +55/−65 3060 clad unequal leg arch casement vent - 3-point sequential lock Low-E4 Impact-Resistant +55/−65 3056 clad equal leg arch casement vent - 2-point sequential lock Low-E4 Impact-Resistant +55/−65 3060 clad equal leg arch casement vent - 1-point lock Monolithic Impact-Resistant +65/−75 Arch Casement Windows - Fixed 4060 clad arch casement direct-set (1-piece) fixed Low-E4 Impact-Resistant +65/−75 5080 clad arch casement direct-set (1-piece) fixed Monolithic Impact-Resistant +70/−80 Awning Windows 4056 clad awning vent - 3 locks Low-E4 Impact-Resistant +65/−65 4050 clad awning vent - 2 locks Low-E4 Impact-Resistant +65/−70 4030 clad awning vent - 1 lock Low-E4 Impact-Resistant +70/−80 4056 clad awning vent - 3 locks Monolithic Impact-Resistant +65/−65 4050 clad awning vent - 2 locks Monolithic Impact-Resistant +65/−70 4030 clad awning vent - 1 lock Monolithic Impact-Resistant +70/−80 Specialty Windows 5080 clad specialty (auxiliary) fixed Low-E4 Impact-Resistant +70/−75 5080 clad specialty (auxiliary) fixed Monolithic Impact-Resistant +70/−75 Double-Hung Windows - Venting 3466 clad double-hung vent Low-E4 Impact-Resistant +55/−65 3466 clad double-hung vent Monolithic Impact-Resistant +55/−65 4086 clad single-hung vent (monumental) - ASTM only Low-E4 Impact-Resistant +55/−50 Double-Hung Windows - Fixed 5066 clad double-hung fixed Low-E4 Impact-Resistant +55/−65 5066 clad double-hung fixed Monolithic Impact-Resistant +55/−65 4020 clad double-hung transom Low-E4 Impact-Resistant +55/−65 4020 clad double-hung transom Monolithic Impact-Resistant +55/−65 Gliding Patio Doors 6080 clad French gliding patio door Low-E4 Impact-Resistant +60/−65 6080 clad French gliding patio door Monolithic Impact-Resistant +60/−65 4080 clad French gliding patio door sidelight Low-E4 Impact-Resistant +60/−65 4080 clad French gliding patio door sidelight Monolithic Impact-Resistant +60/−65 Hinged Patio Doors - Outswing 3080 clad outswing single door Low-E4 Impact-Resistant +65/−65 6080 clad outswing double door Low-E4 Impact-Resistant +65/−65 3080 clad outswing single door sidelight Low-E4 Impact-Resistant +65/−65 3080 clad outswing single door with raised panel inserts Low-E4 Impact-Resistant +65/−65 6080 clad outswing double door with raised panel inserts Low-E4 Impact-Resistant +65/−65 3080 clad outswing single door sidelight with raised panel inserts Low-E4 Impact-Resistant +65/−65 3080 clad outswing single door Monolithic Impact-Resistant +65/−75 6080 clad outswing double door Monolithic Impact-Resistant +65/−65 3080 clad outswing single door sidelight Monolithic Impact-Resistant +65/−75 6030 clad outswing door transom Low-E4 Impact-Resistant +65/−65 6030 clad outswing door transom Monolithic Impact-Resistant +60/−65 Hinged Patio Doors - Inswing 3080 clad inswing single door Low-E4 Impact-Resistant +50/−65 6080 clad inswing double door Low-E4 Impact-Resistant +50/−65 3080 clad inswing single door sidelight Low-E4 Impact-Resistant +50/−65 6030 clad inswing door transom Low-E4 Impact-Resistant +65/−65 Andersen Corporation reserves the right to make changes to its products and specifications without notice. “Andersen” and all other marks where denoted are trademarks of Andersen Corporation and its subsidiary. ©2017 Andersen Corporation. All rights reserved. “Performance Grade (PG)” ratings may vary from tested performance rating for larger or smaller units of a particular type. Where designated, E-Series products are certified and labeled to the requirements of the Hallmark Certification Program. Actual performance may vary based on variations in manufacturing, shipping, installation, environmental conditions and conditions of use. This data is accurate as of 03/17. Due to ongoing product changes, updated test results, or new industry standards, this data may change over time. Contact your local dealer for more information. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM 10% “Andersen” and all other marks where denoted are trademarks of Andersen Corporation and its subsidiary. ©2017 Andersen Corporation. All rights reserved. 04/17 Part #9067500 For up-to-date product information, please visit andersenwindows.com. DRB APPROVED 2/15/2018 12:00:00 AM